Use %pI, %pR, %pS, %pT in place of %I, %R, %S and %T.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include "bfd.h"
23 #include "libiberty.h"
24 #include "filenames.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "obstack.h"
27 #include "bfdlink.h"
28
29 #include "ld.h"
30 #include "ldmain.h"
31 #include "ldexp.h"
32 #include "ldlang.h"
33 #include <ldgram.h>
34 #include "ldlex.h"
35 #include "ldmisc.h"
36 #include "ldctor.h"
37 #include "ldfile.h"
38 #include "ldemul.h"
39 #include "fnmatch.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "hashtab.h"
42 #include "elf-bfd.h"
43 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
44 #include "plugin.h"
45 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
46
47 #ifndef offsetof
48 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
49 #endif
50
51 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
52 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
53 of two, so we can use shifts. */
54 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
55 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
56
57 /* Local variables. */
58 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
59 static struct obstack map_obstack;
60
61 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
62 #define obstack_chunk_free free
63 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
64 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
65 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
66 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
67 static bfd_vma print_dot;
68 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
69 static const char *current_target;
70 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
71 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
72 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
73 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
74 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
75 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
76
77 /* Forward declarations. */
78 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
79 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
80 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
81 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
82 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
83 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
84 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
85 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
86 static void print_statements (void);
87 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
88 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
89 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
90 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
91 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
92 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
93 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
94
95 /* Exported variables. */
96 const char *output_target;
97 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
98 lang_statement_list_type lang_output_section_statement;
99 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
100 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
101 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
102 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
103 const char *entry_section = ".text";
104 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
105 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
106 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
107 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
108 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
109 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
110 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
111 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
112 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
113 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
114
115 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
116 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
117 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
118
119 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
120 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
121 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
122 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
123 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
124 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
125
126 #define new_stat(x, y) \
127 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
128
129 #define outside_section_address(q) \
130 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
131
132 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
133 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
134
135 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
136
137 void *
138 stat_alloc (size_t size)
139 {
140 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
141 }
142
143 static int
144 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
145 {
146 if (wildcardp (pattern))
147 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
148 return strcmp (pattern, name);
149 }
150
151 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
152 separator. If not, return NULL. */
153
154 static char *
155 archive_path (const char *pattern)
156 {
157 char *p = NULL;
158
159 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
160 return p;
161
162 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
163 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
164 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
165 return p;
166
167 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
168 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
169 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
170 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
171 #endif
172 return p;
173 }
174
175 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
176 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
177
178 static bfd_boolean
179 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
180 lang_input_statement_type *f)
181 {
182 bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
183
184 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
185 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
186 && ((sep != file_spec)
187 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
188 {
189 match = TRUE;
190
191 if (sep != file_spec)
192 {
193 const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
194 *sep = 0;
195 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
196 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
197 }
198 }
199 return match;
200 }
201
202 static bfd_boolean
203 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
204 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
205 {
206 struct unique_sections *unam;
207 const char *secnam;
208
209 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
210 && sec->owner != NULL
211 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
212 return !(os != NULL
213 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
214
215 secnam = sec->name;
216 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
217 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
218 return TRUE;
219
220 return FALSE;
221 }
222
223 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
224
225 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
226 false. */
227
228 static bfd_boolean
229 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
230 lang_input_statement_type *file)
231 {
232 struct name_list *list_tmp;
233
234 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
235 list_tmp;
236 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
237 {
238 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
239
240 if (p != NULL)
241 {
242 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
243 return TRUE;
244 }
245
246 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
247 return TRUE;
248
249 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
250 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
251 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
252 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
253 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
254 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
255 file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
256 return TRUE;
257 }
258
259 return FALSE;
260 }
261
262 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
263 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
264 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
265 function is very fast. */
266
267 static void
268 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
269 lang_input_statement_type *file,
270 asection *s,
271 struct wildcard_list *sec,
272 callback_t callback,
273 void *data)
274 {
275 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
276 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
277 return;
278
279 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
280 }
281
282 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
283 but slowly. */
284
285 static void
286 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
287 lang_input_statement_type *file,
288 callback_t callback,
289 void *data)
290 {
291 asection *s;
292 struct wildcard_list *sec;
293
294 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
295 {
296 sec = ptr->section_list;
297 if (sec == NULL)
298 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
299
300 while (sec != NULL)
301 {
302 bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
303
304 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
305 {
306 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
307
308 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
309 }
310
311 if (!skip)
312 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
313
314 sec = sec->next;
315 }
316 }
317 }
318
319 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
320 than one section with that name, we report that. */
321
322 typedef struct
323 {
324 asection *found_section;
325 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
326 } section_iterator_callback_data;
327
328 static bfd_boolean
329 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
330 {
331 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
332
333 if (d->found_section != NULL)
334 {
335 d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
336 return TRUE;
337 }
338
339 d->found_section = s;
340 return FALSE;
341 }
342
343 static asection *
344 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
345 struct wildcard_list *sec,
346 bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
347 {
348 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
349
350 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
351 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
352 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
353 return cb_data.found_section;
354 }
355
356 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
357 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
358
359 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
360 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
361
362 static bfd_boolean
363 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
364 {
365 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
366 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
367 }
368
369 static bfd_boolean
370 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
371 {
372 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
373 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
374 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
375 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
376 return FALSE;
377
378 pattern += 4;
379 name += 4;
380 while (*pattern != '*')
381 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
382 return FALSE;
383
384 return TRUE;
385 }
386
387 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
388 section name NAME. */
389
390 static unsigned long
391 get_init_priority (const char *name)
392 {
393 char *end;
394 unsigned long init_priority;
395
396 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
397 attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A
398 lower value means a higher priority.
399
400 1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the
401 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
402 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
403 .fini_array is backward.
404 2: .ctors.NNNN/.dtors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the
405 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
406 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
407 is forward.
408 */
409 if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0
410 || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0)
411 {
412 init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10);
413 return *end ? 0 : init_priority;
414 }
415 else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0
416 || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0)
417 {
418 init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10);
419 return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority;
420 }
421
422 return 0;
423 }
424
425 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
426
427 static int
428 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
429 {
430 int ret;
431 unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority;
432
433 switch (sort)
434 {
435 default:
436 abort ();
437
438 case by_init_priority:
439 ainit_priority
440 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec));
441 binit_priority
442 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
443 if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0)
444 goto sort_by_name;
445 ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority;
446 if (ret)
447 break;
448 else
449 goto sort_by_name;
450
451 case by_alignment_name:
452 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
453 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
454 if (ret)
455 break;
456 /* Fall through. */
457
458 case by_name:
459 sort_by_name:
460 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
461 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
462 break;
463
464 case by_name_alignment:
465 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
466 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
467 if (ret)
468 break;
469 /* Fall through. */
470
471 case by_alignment:
472 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
473 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
474 break;
475 }
476
477 return ret;
478 }
479
480 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
481 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
482 of sections are large. */
483
484 static lang_section_bst_type **
485 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
486 struct wildcard_list *sec,
487 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
488 asection *section)
489 {
490 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
491
492 tree = &wild->tree;
493 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
494 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
495 {
496 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
497 while (*tree)
498 tree = &((*tree)->right);
499 return tree;
500 }
501
502 while (*tree)
503 {
504 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
505 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
506 tree = &((*tree)->left);
507 else
508 tree = &((*tree)->right);
509 }
510
511 return tree;
512 }
513
514 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
515
516 static void
517 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
518 struct wildcard_list *sec,
519 asection *section,
520 struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
521 lang_input_statement_type *file,
522 void *output)
523 {
524 lang_section_bst_type *node;
525 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
526 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
527
528 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
529
530 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
531 return;
532
533 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
534 node->left = 0;
535 node->right = 0;
536 node->section = section;
537
538 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
539 if (tree != NULL)
540 *tree = node;
541 }
542
543 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
544
545 static void
546 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
547 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
548 void *output)
549 {
550 if (tree->left)
551 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
552
553 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
554 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
555
556 if (tree->right)
557 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
558
559 free (tree);
560 }
561
562 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
563 wildcards */
564
565 static void
566 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
567 lang_input_statement_type *file,
568 callback_t callback,
569 void *data)
570 {
571 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
572 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
573 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
574 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
575 get processed in the bfd's order. */
576 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
577 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
578 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
579
580 if (multiple_sections_found)
581 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
582 else if (s0)
583 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
584 }
585
586 static void
587 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
588 lang_input_statement_type *file,
589 callback_t callback,
590 void *data)
591 {
592 asection *s;
593 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
594
595 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
596 {
597 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
598 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
599
600 if (!skip)
601 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
602 }
603 }
604
605 static void
606 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
607 lang_input_statement_type *file,
608 callback_t callback,
609 void *data)
610 {
611 asection *s;
612 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
613 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
614 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
615 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
616
617 if (multiple_sections_found)
618 {
619 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
620 return;
621 }
622
623 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
624 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
625 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
626 {
627 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
628 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
629 wildspec1. */
630 if (s == s0)
631 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
632 else
633 {
634 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
635 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
636
637 if (!skip)
638 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
639 data);
640 }
641 }
642 }
643
644 static void
645 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
646 lang_input_statement_type *file,
647 callback_t callback,
648 void *data)
649 {
650 asection *s;
651 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
652 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
653 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
654 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
655 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
656
657 if (multiple_sections_found)
658 {
659 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
660 return;
661 }
662
663 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
664 {
665 if (s == s0)
666 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
667 else
668 {
669 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
670 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
671
672 if (!skip)
673 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
674 else
675 {
676 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
677 if (!skip)
678 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
679 data);
680 }
681 }
682 }
683 }
684
685 static void
686 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
687 lang_input_statement_type *file,
688 callback_t callback,
689 void *data)
690 {
691 asection *s;
692 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
693 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
694 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
695 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
696 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
697 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
698
699 if (multiple_sections_found)
700 {
701 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
702 return;
703 }
704
705 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
706 if (multiple_sections_found)
707 {
708 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
709 return;
710 }
711
712 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
713 {
714 if (s == s0)
715 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
716 else
717 if (s == s1)
718 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
719 else
720 {
721 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
722 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
723 sname);
724
725 if (!skip)
726 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
727 data);
728 else
729 {
730 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
731 if (!skip)
732 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
733 callback, data);
734 }
735 }
736 }
737 }
738
739 static void
740 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
741 lang_input_statement_type *file,
742 callback_t callback,
743 void *data)
744 {
745 if (file->flags.just_syms)
746 return;
747
748 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
749 }
750
751 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
752 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
753 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
754 first wildcard character. */
755
756 static bfd_boolean
757 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
758 {
759 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
760 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
761 size_t min_prefix_len;
762
763 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
764 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
765 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
766 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
767 prefix1_len++;
768 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
769 prefix2_len++;
770
771 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
772
773 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
774 }
775
776 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
777 statements. */
778
779 static void
780 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
781 {
782 int sec_count = 0;
783 int wild_name_count = 0;
784 struct wildcard_list *sec;
785 int signature;
786 int data_counter;
787
788 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
789 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
790 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
791 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
792 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
793 ptr->tree = NULL;
794
795 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
796 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
797 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
798 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
799 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
800 ending in a single '*'. */
801 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
802 {
803 ++sec_count;
804 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
805 return;
806 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
807 {
808 ++wild_name_count;
809 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
810 return;
811 }
812 }
813
814 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
815 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
816 happen in practice. */
817 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
818 return;
819
820 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
821 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
822 {
823 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
824 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
825 {
826 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
827 return;
828 }
829 }
830
831 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
832 switch (signature)
833 {
834 case 0x0100:
835 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
836 break;
837 case 0x0101:
838 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
839 break;
840 case 0x0201:
841 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
842 break;
843 case 0x0302:
844 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
845 break;
846 case 0x0402:
847 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
848 break;
849 default:
850 return;
851 }
852
853 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
854 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
855 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
856 given order, because we've already determined that no section
857 will match more than one spec. */
858 data_counter = 0;
859 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
860 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
861 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
862 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
863 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
864 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
865 }
866
867 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
868
869 static void
870 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
871 lang_input_statement_type *f,
872 callback_t callback,
873 void *data)
874 {
875 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
876 return;
877
878 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
879 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
880 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
881 else
882 {
883 bfd *member;
884
885 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
886 archive separately. */
887 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
888 while (member != NULL)
889 {
890 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
891 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
892 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
893 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
894 lang_input_statement. */
895 if (member->usrdata != NULL)
896 {
897 walk_wild_section (s,
898 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
899 callback, data);
900 }
901
902 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
903 }
904 }
905 }
906
907 static void
908 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
909 {
910 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
911 char *p;
912
913 if (file_spec == NULL)
914 {
915 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
916 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
917 {
918 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
919 }
920 }
921 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
922 {
923 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
924 {
925 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
926 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
927 }
928 }
929 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
930 {
931 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
932 {
933 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
934 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
935 }
936 }
937 else
938 {
939 lang_input_statement_type *f;
940
941 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
942 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
943 if (f)
944 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
945 }
946 }
947
948 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
949 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
950 with constraint set to -1. */
951
952 void
953 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
954 lang_statement_union_type *s)
955 {
956 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
957 {
958 func (s);
959
960 switch (s->header.type)
961 {
962 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
963 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
964 break;
965 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
966 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
967 lang_for_each_statement_worker
968 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
969 break;
970 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
971 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
972 s->wild_statement.children.head);
973 break;
974 case lang_group_statement_enum:
975 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
976 s->group_statement.children.head);
977 break;
978 case lang_data_statement_enum:
979 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
980 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
981 case lang_output_statement_enum:
982 case lang_target_statement_enum:
983 case lang_input_section_enum:
984 case lang_input_statement_enum:
985 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
986 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
987 case lang_address_statement_enum:
988 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
989 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
990 break;
991 default:
992 FAIL ();
993 break;
994 }
995 }
996 }
997
998 void
999 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1000 {
1001 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1002 }
1003
1004 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1005
1006 void
1007 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1008 {
1009 list->head = NULL;
1010 list->tail = &list->head;
1011 }
1012
1013 void
1014 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1015 {
1016 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1017 abort ();
1018 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1019 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1020 }
1021
1022 void
1023 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1024 {
1025 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1026 abort ();
1027 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1028 }
1029
1030 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1031
1032 static lang_statement_union_type *
1033 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1034 size_t size,
1035 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1036 {
1037 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1038
1039 new_stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) stat_alloc (size);
1040 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1041 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1042 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1043 return new_stmt;
1044 }
1045
1046 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1047 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1048 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1049
1050 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1051 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1052 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1053 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1054
1055 static lang_input_statement_type *
1056 new_afile (const char *name,
1057 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1058 const char *target,
1059 bfd_boolean add_to_list)
1060 {
1061 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1062
1063 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1064
1065 if (add_to_list)
1066 p = (lang_input_statement_type *) new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1067 else
1068 {
1069 p = (lang_input_statement_type *)
1070 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type));
1071 p->header.type = lang_input_statement_enum;
1072 p->header.next = NULL;
1073 }
1074
1075 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1076 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1077 p->target = target;
1078 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1079 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1080 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1081 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1082 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1083
1084 switch (file_type)
1085 {
1086 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1087 p->filename = name;
1088 p->local_sym_name = name;
1089 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1090 p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1091 break;
1092 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1093 p->filename = name;
1094 p->local_sym_name = name;
1095 break;
1096 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1097 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1098 {
1099 p->filename = name + 1;
1100 p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1101 }
1102 else
1103 p->filename = name;
1104 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1105 p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1106 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1107 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1108 break;
1109 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1110 p->filename = name;
1111 p->local_sym_name = name;
1112 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1113 break;
1114 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1115 p->filename = name;
1116 p->local_sym_name = name;
1117 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1118 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1119 break;
1120 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1121 p->filename = name;
1122 p->local_sym_name = name;
1123 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1124 break;
1125 default:
1126 FAIL ();
1127 }
1128
1129 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain,
1130 (lang_statement_union_type *) p,
1131 &p->next_real_file);
1132 return p;
1133 }
1134
1135 lang_input_statement_type *
1136 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1137 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1138 const char *target)
1139 {
1140 if (name != NULL
1141 && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1142 {
1143 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1144 char *sysrooted_name
1145 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1146 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1147 (const char *) NULL);
1148
1149 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1150 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1151 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1152 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1153 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1154 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1155 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1156 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1157 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1158 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1159 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1160 return ret;
1161 }
1162
1163 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1164 }
1165
1166 struct out_section_hash_entry
1167 {
1168 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1169 lang_statement_union_type s;
1170 };
1171
1172 /* The hash table. */
1173
1174 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1175
1176 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1177 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1178
1179 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1180 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1181 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1182 const char *string)
1183 {
1184 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1185 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1186
1187 if (entry == NULL)
1188 {
1189 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1190 sizeof (*ret));
1191 if (entry == NULL)
1192 return entry;
1193 }
1194
1195 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1196 if (entry == NULL)
1197 return entry;
1198
1199 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1200 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1201 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1202 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = -1;
1203 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = -1;
1204 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1205 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1206 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1207
1208 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1209 first one, lang_output_section_statement.tail points to the "next"
1210 field of the last element of the list. */
1211 if (lang_output_section_statement.head != NULL)
1212 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1213 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1214 ((char *) lang_output_section_statement.tail
1215 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1216
1217 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1218 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1219 instead. */
1220 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1221 lang_statement_append (&lang_output_section_statement,
1222 &ret->s,
1223 (lang_statement_union_type **) nextp);
1224 return &ret->root;
1225 }
1226
1227 static void
1228 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1229 {
1230 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1231 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1232 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1233 61))
1234 einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1235 }
1236
1237 static void
1238 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1239 {
1240 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1241 }
1242
1243 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1244
1245 void
1246 lang_init (void)
1247 {
1248 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1249
1250 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1251
1252 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1253
1254 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1255
1256 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1257 lang_list_init (&lang_output_section_statement);
1258 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1259 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1260 NULL);
1261 abs_output_section =
1262 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1263
1264 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1265
1266 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1267 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1268 }
1269
1270 void
1271 lang_finish (void)
1272 {
1273 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1274 }
1275
1276 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1277 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1278 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1279 syntax.
1280
1281 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1282
1283 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1284 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1285
1286 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1287 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1288 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1289 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1290 and so we issue a warning.
1291
1292 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1293 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1294 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1295 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1296 region. */
1297
1298 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1299 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1300 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1301
1302 lang_memory_region_type *
1303 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1304 {
1305 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1306 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1307 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1308
1309 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1310 if (name == NULL)
1311 return NULL;
1312
1313 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1314 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1315 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1316 {
1317 if (create)
1318 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1319 NULL, name);
1320 return r;
1321 }
1322
1323 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1324 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1325 NULL, name);
1326
1327 new_region = (lang_memory_region_type *)
1328 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1329
1330 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1331 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1332 new_region->next = NULL;
1333 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1334 new_region->origin = 0;
1335 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1336 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1337 new_region->current = 0;
1338 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1339 new_region->flags = 0;
1340 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1341 new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1342
1343 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1344 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1345
1346 return new_region;
1347 }
1348
1349 void
1350 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1351 {
1352 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1353 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1354 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1355
1356 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1357 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1358 the default memory region. */
1359 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1360 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1361 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1362
1363 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1364 in use. */
1365 region = NULL;
1366 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1367 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1368 {
1369 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1370 region = r;
1371 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1372 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1373 "alias `%s'\n"),
1374 NULL, alias);
1375 }
1376
1377 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1378 if (region == NULL)
1379 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1380 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1381 NULL, region_name, alias);
1382
1383 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1384 n = (lang_memory_region_name *) stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1385 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1386 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1387 region->name_list.next = n;
1388 }
1389
1390 static lang_memory_region_type *
1391 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1392 {
1393 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1394
1395 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1396
1397 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1398 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1399 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1400
1401 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1402 {
1403 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1404 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1405 {
1406 return p;
1407 }
1408 }
1409 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1410 }
1411
1412 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1413
1414 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1415 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1416 {
1417 return get_userdata (output_section);
1418 }
1419
1420 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1421 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1422 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE, always make a
1423 new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT. */
1424
1425 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1426 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1427 int constraint,
1428 bfd_boolean create)
1429 {
1430 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1431
1432 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1433 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1434 create, FALSE));
1435 if (entry == NULL)
1436 {
1437 if (create)
1438 einfo (_("%P%F: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1439 return NULL;
1440 }
1441
1442 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1443 {
1444 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1445 constraint. */
1446 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1447
1448 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1449 if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1450 /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1451 and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1452 but that shouldn't matter. */
1453 last_ent = entry;
1454 else
1455 do
1456 {
1457 if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1458 || (constraint == 0
1459 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1460 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1461 last_ent = entry;
1462 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1463 }
1464 while (entry != NULL
1465 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1466
1467 if (!create)
1468 return NULL;
1469
1470 entry
1471 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1472 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1473 &output_section_statement_table,
1474 name));
1475 if (entry == NULL)
1476 {
1477 einfo (_("%P%F: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1478 return NULL;
1479 }
1480 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1481 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1482 }
1483
1484 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1485 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1486 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1487 }
1488
1489 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1490 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1491 match any non-negative constraint. */
1492
1493 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1494 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1495 int constraint)
1496 {
1497 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1498 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1499 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1500 ((char *) os
1501 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1502 const char *name = os->name;
1503
1504 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1505 do
1506 {
1507 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1508 if (entry == NULL
1509 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1510 return NULL;
1511 }
1512 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1513 && (constraint != 0
1514 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1515
1516 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1517 }
1518
1519 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1520 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1521 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1522 sets *EXACT too. */
1523
1524 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1525 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1526 flagword sec_flags,
1527 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1528 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1529 {
1530 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1531 flagword look_flags, differ;
1532
1533 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1534 skip it. */
1535 first = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1536 first = first->next;
1537
1538 /* First try for an exact match. */
1539 found = NULL;
1540 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1541 {
1542 look_flags = look->flags;
1543 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1544 {
1545 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1546 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1547 look->bfd_section,
1548 sec->owner, sec))
1549 continue;
1550 }
1551 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1552 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1553 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1554 found = look;
1555 }
1556 if (found != NULL)
1557 {
1558 if (exact != NULL)
1559 *exact = found;
1560 return found;
1561 }
1562
1563 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1564 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1565 {
1566 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1567 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1568 {
1569 look_flags = look->flags;
1570 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1571 {
1572 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1573 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1574 look->bfd_section,
1575 sec->owner, sec))
1576 continue;
1577 }
1578 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1579 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1580 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1581 found = look;
1582 }
1583 }
1584 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1585 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1586 {
1587 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1588 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1589 {
1590 look_flags = look->flags;
1591 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1592 {
1593 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1594 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1595 look->bfd_section,
1596 sec->owner, sec))
1597 continue;
1598 }
1599 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1600 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1601 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1602 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1603 | SEC_READONLY))
1604 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1605 found = look;
1606 }
1607 }
1608 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1609 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1610 {
1611 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1612 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1613 bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1614
1615 match_type = NULL;
1616 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1617 {
1618 look_flags = look->flags;
1619 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1620 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1621
1622 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1623 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1624 {
1625 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1626 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1627 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1628 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1629 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1630 previous section. */
1631 break;
1632 found = look;
1633 seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1634 }
1635 else if (seen_thread_local)
1636 break;
1637 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1638 found = look;
1639 }
1640 }
1641 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1642 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1643 {
1644 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1645 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1646 {
1647 look_flags = look->flags;
1648 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1649 {
1650 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1651 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1652 look->bfd_section,
1653 sec->owner, sec))
1654 continue;
1655 }
1656 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1657 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1658 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1659 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1660 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1661 found = look;
1662 }
1663 }
1664 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1665 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1666 {
1667 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1668 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1669 {
1670 look_flags = look->flags;
1671 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1672 {
1673 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1674 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1675 look->bfd_section,
1676 sec->owner, sec))
1677 continue;
1678 }
1679 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1680 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1681 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1682 found = look;
1683 }
1684 }
1685 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1686 {
1687 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1688 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1689 {
1690 look_flags = look->flags;
1691 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1692 {
1693 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1694 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1695 look->bfd_section,
1696 sec->owner, sec))
1697 continue;
1698 }
1699 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1700 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1701 found = look;
1702 }
1703 }
1704 else
1705 {
1706 /* non-alloc go last. */
1707 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1708 {
1709 look_flags = look->flags;
1710 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1711 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1712 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1713 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1714 found = look;
1715 }
1716 return found;
1717 }
1718
1719 if (found || !match_type)
1720 return found;
1721
1722 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1723 }
1724
1725 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1726 Used by place_orphan. */
1727
1728 static asection *
1729 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1730 {
1731 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1732
1733 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1734 {
1735 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1736 continue;
1737
1738 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1739 return lookup->bfd_section;
1740 }
1741
1742 return NULL;
1743 }
1744
1745 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1746 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1747 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1748 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1749 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1750 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1751 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1752 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1753 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1754 image symbols. */
1755
1756 static lang_statement_union_type **
1757 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1758 {
1759 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1760 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1761 bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1762
1763 ignore_first
1764 = after == &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1765
1766 for (where = &after->header.next;
1767 *where != NULL;
1768 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1769 {
1770 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1771 {
1772 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1773 if (assign == NULL)
1774 {
1775 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1776
1777 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1778 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1779 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1780 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0
1781 && !ignore_first)
1782 assign = where;
1783 }
1784 ignore_first = FALSE;
1785 continue;
1786 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1787 case lang_input_section_enum:
1788 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1789 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1790 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1791 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1792 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1793 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1794 assign = NULL;
1795 continue;
1796 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1797 if (assign != NULL)
1798 {
1799 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1800
1801 if (s == NULL
1802 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1803 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1804 where = assign;
1805 }
1806 break;
1807 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1808 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1809 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1810 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1811 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1812 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1813 continue;
1814 }
1815 break;
1816 }
1817
1818 return where;
1819 }
1820
1821 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1822 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1823 const char *secname,
1824 int constraint,
1825 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1826 struct orphan_save *place,
1827 etree_type *address,
1828 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1829 {
1830 lang_statement_list_type add;
1831 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1832 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1833
1834 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1835 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1836 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1837 if (after != NULL)
1838 {
1839 lang_list_init (&add);
1840 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1841 }
1842
1843 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1844 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1845 address = exp_intop (0);
1846
1847 os_tail = ((lang_output_section_statement_type **)
1848 lang_output_section_statement.tail);
1849 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1850 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1851
1852 if (add_child == NULL)
1853 add_child = &os->children;
1854 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1855
1856 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1857 {
1858 const char *region = (after->region
1859 ? after->region->name_list.name
1860 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1861 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1862 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1863 : NULL);
1864 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1865 lma_region);
1866 }
1867 else
1868 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1869 NULL);
1870
1871 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1872 if (after != NULL)
1873 pop_stat_ptr ();
1874
1875 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1876 {
1877 asection *snew, *as;
1878
1879 snew = os->bfd_section;
1880
1881 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1882 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1883 if (place->section == NULL
1884 && after != (&lang_output_section_statement.head
1885 ->output_section_statement))
1886 {
1887 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1888
1889 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1890 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1891 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1892 output section. */
1893 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1894 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1895
1896 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1897 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1898 }
1899
1900 if (place->section == NULL)
1901 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1902
1903 as = *place->section;
1904
1905 if (!as)
1906 {
1907 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1908
1909 /* Unlink the section. */
1910 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1911
1912 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1913 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1914 }
1915 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
1916 {
1917 /* Unlink the section. */
1918 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1919
1920 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1921 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
1922 }
1923
1924 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
1925 follow the one we've just added. */
1926 place->section = &snew->next;
1927
1928 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
1929 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
1930 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
1931 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
1932 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
1933 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
1934 following that a segment containing all the read-write
1935 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
1936 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
1937 if (add.head != NULL)
1938 {
1939 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
1940
1941 if (place->stmt == NULL)
1942 {
1943 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
1944
1945 *add.tail = *where;
1946 *where = add.head;
1947
1948 place->os_tail = &after->next;
1949 }
1950 else
1951 {
1952 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
1953 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
1954 *place->stmt = add.head;
1955 }
1956
1957 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
1958 new list at the tail. */
1959 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
1960 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
1961
1962 /* Save the end of this list. */
1963 place->stmt = add.tail;
1964
1965 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
1966 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
1967 *os_tail = NULL;
1968 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1969 ((char *) place->os_tail
1970 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
1971 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
1972 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
1973 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
1974 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
1975 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
1976
1977 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
1978 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
1979 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
1980 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
1981 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
1982 if (*os_tail == NULL)
1983 lang_output_section_statement.tail
1984 = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
1985 }
1986 }
1987 return os;
1988 }
1989
1990 static void
1991 lang_print_asneeded (void)
1992 {
1993 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
1994
1995 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
1996 return;
1997
1998 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
1999
2000 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2001 {
2002 size_t len;
2003
2004 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2005 len = strlen (m->soname);
2006
2007 if (len >= 29)
2008 {
2009 print_nl ();
2010 len = 0;
2011 }
2012 while (len < 30)
2013 {
2014 print_space ();
2015 ++len;
2016 }
2017
2018 if (m->ref != NULL)
2019 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2020 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2021 }
2022 }
2023
2024 static void
2025 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2026 {
2027 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2028 minfo ("a");
2029
2030 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2031 minfo ("x");
2032
2033 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2034 minfo ("r");
2035
2036 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2037 minfo ("w");
2038
2039 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2040 minfo ("l");
2041 }
2042
2043 void
2044 lang_map (void)
2045 {
2046 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2047 bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2048
2049 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2050 {
2051 asection *s;
2052
2053 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2054 || file->flags.just_syms)
2055 continue;
2056
2057 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2058 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2059 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2060 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2061 {
2062 if (!dis_header_printed)
2063 {
2064 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2065 dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2066 }
2067
2068 print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2069 }
2070 }
2071
2072 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2073 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2074 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2075
2076 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2077 {
2078 char buf[100];
2079 int len;
2080
2081 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2082
2083 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2084 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2085 len = strlen (buf);
2086 while (len < 16)
2087 {
2088 print_space ();
2089 ++len;
2090 }
2091
2092 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2093 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2094 {
2095 #ifndef BFD64
2096 minfo (" ");
2097 #endif
2098 if (m->flags)
2099 {
2100 print_space ();
2101 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2102 }
2103
2104 if (m->not_flags)
2105 {
2106 minfo (" !");
2107 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2108 }
2109 }
2110
2111 print_nl ();
2112 }
2113
2114 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2115
2116 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2117 {
2118 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2119 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2120 }
2121 lang_statement_iteration++;
2122 print_statements ();
2123
2124 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2125 config.map_file);
2126 }
2127
2128 static bfd_boolean
2129 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2130 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2131 {
2132 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2133 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2134 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2135 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2136 {
2137 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2138 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2139
2140 ud = ((input_section_userdata_type *)
2141 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section));
2142 if (!ud)
2143 {
2144 ud = (input_section_userdata_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2145 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section) = ud;
2146 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2147 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2148 }
2149 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2150 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2151
2152 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2153 def->entry = hash_entry;
2154 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2155 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2156 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2157 }
2158 return TRUE;
2159 }
2160
2161 /* Initialize an output section. */
2162
2163 static void
2164 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2165 {
2166 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2167 einfo (_("%P%F: Illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2168
2169 if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2170 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2171 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2172 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2173 s->name, flags);
2174 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2175 {
2176 einfo (_("%P%F: output format %s cannot represent section"
2177 " called %s: %E\n"),
2178 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2179 }
2180 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2181 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2182
2183 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2184 statement to avoid lookup. */
2185 get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = s;
2186
2187 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2188 mention are initialized. */
2189 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2190 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2191
2192 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2193 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2194
2195 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2196 if (s->section_alignment != -1)
2197 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = s->section_alignment;
2198 }
2199
2200 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2201 initialized. */
2202
2203 static void
2204 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2205 {
2206 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2207 {
2208 case etree_assign:
2209 case etree_provide:
2210 case etree_provided:
2211 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2212 break;
2213
2214 case etree_binary:
2215 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2216 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2217 break;
2218
2219 case etree_trinary:
2220 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2221 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2222 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2223 break;
2224
2225 case etree_assert:
2226 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2227 break;
2228
2229 case etree_unary:
2230 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2231 break;
2232
2233 case etree_name:
2234 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2235 {
2236 case ADDR:
2237 case LOADADDR:
2238 case SIZEOF:
2239 {
2240 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2241
2242 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2243 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2244 init_os (os, 0);
2245 }
2246 }
2247 break;
2248
2249 default:
2250 break;
2251 }
2252 }
2253 \f
2254 static void
2255 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2256 {
2257 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2258
2259 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2260 discard all sections. */
2261 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2262 {
2263 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2264 return;
2265 }
2266
2267 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2268 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2269 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2270 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2271 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2272
2273 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2274 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2275 }
2276 \f
2277
2278 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2279 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2280
2281 static bfd_boolean
2282 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2283 {
2284 bfd_boolean discard;
2285 flagword flags = section->flags;
2286
2287 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2288 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2289
2290 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2291 sections from within the group. */
2292 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2293 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2294 discard = TRUE;
2295
2296 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2297 information. */
2298 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2299 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2300 discard = TRUE;
2301
2302 return discard;
2303 }
2304
2305 /* The wild routines.
2306
2307 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2308 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2309 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2310
2311 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2312 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2313
2314 void
2315 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2316 asection *section,
2317 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2318 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2319 {
2320 flagword flags = section->flags;
2321
2322 bfd_boolean discard;
2323 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2324 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2325
2326 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2327 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2328
2329 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2330 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2331 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2332 discard = TRUE;
2333
2334 if (discard)
2335 {
2336 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2337 {
2338 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2339 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2340 }
2341 return;
2342 }
2343
2344 if (sflag_info)
2345 {
2346 bfd_boolean keep;
2347
2348 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2349 if (!keep)
2350 return;
2351 }
2352
2353 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2354 return;
2355
2356 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2357 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2358 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2359 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2360 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2361 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2362 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2363
2364 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2365 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2366 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2367 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2368 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2369 {
2370 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2371 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2372 else
2373 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2374 }
2375 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2376 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2377
2378 switch (output->sectype)
2379 {
2380 case normal_section:
2381 case overlay_section:
2382 break;
2383 case noalloc_section:
2384 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2385 break;
2386 case noload_section:
2387 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2388 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2389 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2390 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2391 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2392 section. */
2393 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2394 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2395 else
2396 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2397 break;
2398 }
2399
2400 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2401 init_os (output, flags);
2402
2403 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2404 it from the output section. */
2405 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2406
2407 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2408 {
2409 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2410 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2411
2412 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2413 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2414 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2415 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2416 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2417 {
2418 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2419 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2420 }
2421 }
2422 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2423
2424 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2425 {
2426 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2427 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2428 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2429 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2430 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2431 link_info.output_bfd,
2432 output->bfd_section,
2433 &link_info);
2434 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2435 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2436 }
2437
2438 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2439 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2440 {
2441 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2442 output->block_value = 128;
2443 }
2444
2445 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2446 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2447
2448 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2449
2450 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2451 {
2452 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2453 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2454 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2455 section->map_tail.s = s;
2456 if (s != NULL)
2457 s->map_head.s = section;
2458 else
2459 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2460 }
2461
2462 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2463 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2464 new_section->section = section;
2465 }
2466
2467 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2468 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2469 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2470 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2471
2472 static lang_statement_union_type *
2473 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2474 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2475 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2476 asection *section)
2477 {
2478 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2479
2480 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2481 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2482 return NULL;
2483
2484 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2485 {
2486 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2487
2488 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2489 continue;
2490 ls = &l->input_section;
2491
2492 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2493 name. */
2494
2495 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2496 {
2497 const char *fn, *ln;
2498 bfd_boolean fa, la;
2499 int i;
2500
2501 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2502 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2503 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2504 archive. */
2505
2506 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2507 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2508 {
2509 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2510 fa = TRUE;
2511 }
2512 else
2513 {
2514 fn = file->filename;
2515 fa = FALSE;
2516 }
2517
2518 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2519 {
2520 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2521 la = TRUE;
2522 }
2523 else
2524 {
2525 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2526 la = FALSE;
2527 }
2528
2529 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2530 if (i > 0)
2531 continue;
2532 else if (i < 0)
2533 break;
2534
2535 if (fa || la)
2536 {
2537 if (fa)
2538 fn = file->filename;
2539 if (la)
2540 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2541
2542 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2543 if (i > 0)
2544 continue;
2545 else if (i < 0)
2546 break;
2547 }
2548 }
2549
2550 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2551 looking at the sections for this file. */
2552
2553 if (sec != NULL
2554 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2555 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2556 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2557 break;
2558 }
2559
2560 return l;
2561 }
2562
2563 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2564 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2565
2566 static void
2567 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2568 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2569 asection *section,
2570 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2571 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2572 void *output)
2573 {
2574 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2575 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2576
2577 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2578
2579 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2580 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2581 return;
2582
2583 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2584
2585 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2586 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2587 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2588 of the current list. */
2589
2590 if (before == NULL)
2591 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2592 else
2593 {
2594 lang_statement_list_type list;
2595 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2596
2597 lang_list_init (&list);
2598 lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2599
2600 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2601 be NULL. */
2602 if (list.head != NULL)
2603 {
2604 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2605
2606 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2607 *pp != before;
2608 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2609 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2610
2611 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2612 *pp = list.head;
2613 }
2614 }
2615 }
2616
2617 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2618 are readonly. */
2619
2620 static void
2621 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2622 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2623 asection *section,
2624 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2625 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2626 void *output)
2627 {
2628 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2629
2630 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2631
2632 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2633 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2634 return;
2635
2636 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2637 os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2638 }
2639
2640 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2641 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2642 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2643
2644 static lang_input_statement_type *
2645 lookup_name (const char *name)
2646 {
2647 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2648
2649 for (search = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
2650 search != NULL;
2651 search = (lang_input_statement_type *) search->next_real_file)
2652 {
2653 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2654 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2655 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2656 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2657
2658 if (filename != NULL
2659 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2660 break;
2661 }
2662
2663 if (search == NULL)
2664 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2665 default_target, FALSE);
2666
2667 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2668 don't add this file. */
2669 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2670 return search;
2671
2672 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2673 return NULL;
2674
2675 return search;
2676 }
2677
2678 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2679
2680 struct excluded_lib
2681 {
2682 char *name;
2683 struct excluded_lib *next;
2684 };
2685 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2686
2687 void
2688 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2689 {
2690 const char *p = list, *end;
2691
2692 while (*p != '\0')
2693 {
2694 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2695 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2696 if (end == NULL)
2697 end = p + strlen (p);
2698 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2699 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2700 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2701 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2702 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2703 excluded_libs = entry;
2704 if (*end == '\0')
2705 break;
2706 p = end + 1;
2707 }
2708 }
2709
2710 static void
2711 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2712 {
2713 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2714
2715 while (lib)
2716 {
2717 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2718 const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2719
2720 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2721 {
2722 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2723 return;
2724 }
2725
2726 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2727 && (filename[len] == '\0'
2728 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2729 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2730 {
2731 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2732 return;
2733 }
2734
2735 lib = lib->next;
2736 }
2737 }
2738
2739 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
2740
2741 bfd_boolean
2742 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2743 lang_statement_list_type *place)
2744 {
2745 char **matching;
2746
2747 if (entry->flags.loaded)
2748 return TRUE;
2749
2750 ldfile_open_file (entry);
2751
2752 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
2753 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
2754 return TRUE;
2755
2756 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2757 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2758 {
2759 bfd_error_type err;
2760 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
2761 extern FILE *yyin;
2762
2763 err = bfd_get_error ();
2764
2765 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
2766 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2767 return TRUE;
2768
2769 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2770 {
2771 char **p;
2772
2773 einfo (_("%pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2774 einfo (_("%pB: matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2775 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2776 einfo (" %s", *p);
2777 einfo ("%F\n");
2778 }
2779 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
2780 || place == NULL)
2781 einfo (_("%F%pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2782
2783 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
2784 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
2785
2786 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
2787 save_flags = input_flags;
2788 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
2789
2790 push_stat_ptr (place);
2791 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
2792 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2793 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
2794 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2795 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
2796 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
2797
2798 ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
2799 parser_input = input_script;
2800 yyparse ();
2801 ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
2802
2803 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
2804 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
2805 again. */
2806 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
2807 input_flags = save_flags;
2808 pop_stat_ptr ();
2809 fclose (yyin);
2810 yyin = NULL;
2811 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
2812
2813 return TRUE;
2814 }
2815
2816 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
2817 return TRUE;
2818
2819 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
2820 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
2821 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
2822 which is used. */
2823 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
2824 {
2825 default:
2826 break;
2827
2828 case bfd_object:
2829 if (!entry->flags.reload)
2830 ldlang_add_file (entry);
2831 if (trace_files || verbose)
2832 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
2833 break;
2834
2835 case bfd_archive:
2836 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
2837
2838 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
2839 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
2840 {
2841 bfd *member = NULL;
2842 bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
2843
2844 for (;;)
2845 {
2846 bfd *subsbfd;
2847 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
2848
2849 if (member == NULL)
2850 break;
2851
2852 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
2853 {
2854 einfo (_("%F%pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
2855 entry->the_bfd, member);
2856 loaded = FALSE;
2857 }
2858
2859 subsbfd = member;
2860 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
2861 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
2862 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
2863 abort ();
2864
2865 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
2866 substitute BFD for us. */
2867 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
2868 {
2869 einfo (_("%F%pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
2870 loaded = FALSE;
2871 }
2872 }
2873
2874 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
2875 return loaded;
2876 }
2877 break;
2878 }
2879
2880 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
2881 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
2882 else
2883 einfo (_("%F%pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2884
2885 return entry->flags.loaded;
2886 }
2887
2888 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
2889 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
2890 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
2891 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
2892 the output section. */
2893
2894 static void
2895 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
2896 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2897 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2898 {
2899 struct wildcard_list *sec;
2900
2901 if (s->handler_data[0]
2902 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
2903 && !s->filenames_sorted)
2904 {
2905 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
2906
2907 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
2908
2909 tree = s->tree;
2910 if (tree)
2911 {
2912 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
2913 s->tree = NULL;
2914 }
2915 }
2916 else
2917 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
2918
2919 if (default_common_section == NULL)
2920 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2921 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
2922 {
2923 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
2924 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
2925 default_common_section = output;
2926 break;
2927 }
2928 }
2929
2930 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
2931
2932 static int
2933 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
2934 {
2935 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
2936
2937 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
2938 }
2939
2940 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
2941
2942 static void
2943 stricpy (char *dest, char *src)
2944 {
2945 char c;
2946
2947 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
2948 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
2949
2950 *dest = 0;
2951 }
2952
2953 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
2954 from haystack. */
2955
2956 static void
2957 strcut (char *haystack, char *needle)
2958 {
2959 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
2960
2961 if (haystack)
2962 {
2963 char *src;
2964
2965 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
2966 *haystack++ = *src++;
2967
2968 *haystack = 0;
2969 }
2970 }
2971
2972 /* Compare two target format name strings.
2973 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
2974
2975 static int
2976 name_compare (char *first, char *second)
2977 {
2978 char *copy1;
2979 char *copy2;
2980 int result;
2981
2982 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
2983 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
2984
2985 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
2986 stricpy (copy1, first);
2987 stricpy (copy2, second);
2988
2989 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
2990 strcut (copy1, "big");
2991 strcut (copy1, "little");
2992 strcut (copy2, "big");
2993 strcut (copy2, "little");
2994
2995 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
2996 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
2997 the same then return 10 * their length. */
2998 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
2999 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3000 {
3001 result *= 10;
3002 break;
3003 }
3004
3005 free (copy1);
3006 free (copy2);
3007
3008 return result;
3009 }
3010
3011 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3012 static const bfd_target *winner;
3013
3014 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3015 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3016 match to the original output target. */
3017
3018 static int
3019 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3020 {
3021 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3022
3023 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3024 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3025 return 0;
3026
3027 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3028 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3029 return 0;
3030
3031 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3032 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3033 return 0;
3034
3035 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3036 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3037 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3038 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3039 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3040 return 0;
3041
3042 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3043 if (winner == NULL)
3044 {
3045 winner = target;
3046 return 0;
3047 }
3048
3049 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3050 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3051 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3052 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3053 winner = target;
3054
3055 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3056 return 0;
3057 }
3058
3059 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3060
3061 static char *
3062 get_first_input_target (void)
3063 {
3064 char *target = NULL;
3065
3066 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3067 {
3068 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3069 && s->flags.real)
3070 {
3071 ldfile_open_file (s);
3072
3073 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3074 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3075 {
3076 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3077
3078 if (target != NULL)
3079 break;
3080 }
3081 }
3082 }
3083
3084 return target;
3085 }
3086
3087 const char *
3088 lang_get_output_target (void)
3089 {
3090 const char *target;
3091
3092 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3093 if (output_target != NULL)
3094 return output_target;
3095
3096 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3097 the default? */
3098 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3099 return current_target;
3100
3101 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3102 target = get_first_input_target ();
3103 if (target != NULL)
3104 return target;
3105
3106 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3107 return default_target;
3108 }
3109
3110 /* Open the output file. */
3111
3112 static void
3113 open_output (const char *name)
3114 {
3115 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3116
3117 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3118 line? */
3119 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3120 {
3121 /* Get the chosen target. */
3122 const bfd_target *target
3123 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3124
3125 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3126 if (target != NULL)
3127 {
3128 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3129
3130 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3131 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3132 else
3133 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3134
3135 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3136 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3137 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3138 this. */
3139 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3140 {
3141 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3142 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3143 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3144 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3145 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3146 else
3147 {
3148 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3149 the default target, but which has the desired
3150 endian characteristic. */
3151 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3152 (void *) target);
3153
3154 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3155 satisfy our requirements. */
3156 if (winner == NULL)
3157 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3158 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3159 else
3160 output_target = winner->name;
3161 }
3162 }
3163 }
3164 }
3165
3166 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3167
3168 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3169 {
3170 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3171 einfo (_("%P%F: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3172
3173 einfo (_("%P%F: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3174 }
3175
3176 delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3177
3178 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3179 einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3180 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3181 ldfile_output_architecture,
3182 ldfile_output_machine))
3183 einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3184
3185 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3186 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3187 einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3188
3189 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3190 }
3191
3192 static void
3193 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3194 {
3195 switch (statement->header.type)
3196 {
3197 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3198 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3199 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3200 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3201 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3202 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3203 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3204 else
3205 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3206 if (config.text_read_only)
3207 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3208 else
3209 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3210 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3211 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3212 else
3213 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3214 break;
3215
3216 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3217 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3218 break;
3219 default:
3220 break;
3221 }
3222 }
3223
3224 static void
3225 init_opb (void)
3226 {
3227 unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3228 ldfile_output_machine);
3229 opb_shift = 0;
3230 if (x > 1)
3231 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3232 {
3233 x >>= 1;
3234 ++opb_shift;
3235 }
3236 ASSERT (x == 1);
3237 }
3238
3239 /* Open all the input files. */
3240
3241 enum open_bfd_mode
3242 {
3243 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3244 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3245 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3246 };
3247 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3248 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3249 #endif
3250
3251 static void
3252 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3253 {
3254 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3255 {
3256 switch (s->header.type)
3257 {
3258 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3259 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3260 break;
3261 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3262 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3263 break;
3264 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3265 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3266 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3267 && s->wild_statement.filename
3268 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3269 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3270 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3271 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3272 break;
3273 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3274 {
3275 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3276
3277 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3278 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3279 symbols. */
3280
3281 do
3282 {
3283 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3284 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3285 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3286 }
3287 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail);
3288 }
3289 break;
3290 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3291 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3292 break;
3293 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3294 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3295 {
3296 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3297 lang_statement_list_type add;
3298 bfd *abfd;
3299
3300 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3301
3302 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3303 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3304 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3305 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3306 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3307 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3308 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3309 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3310 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3311 #endif
3312 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3313 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3314 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3315 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3316 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3317 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3318 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3319 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3320 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3321 {
3322 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3323 s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3324 }
3325
3326 os_tail = lang_output_section_statement.tail;
3327 lang_list_init (&add);
3328
3329 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3330 config.make_executable = FALSE;
3331
3332 if (add.head != NULL)
3333 {
3334 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3335 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3336 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3337 section statement list. Very likely the user
3338 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3339 naive user expectations. */
3340 if (os_tail != lang_output_section_statement.tail)
3341 {
3342 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3343 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3344 s->input_statement.filename);
3345 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3346 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3347 }
3348 else
3349 {
3350 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3351 s->header.next = add.head;
3352 }
3353 }
3354 }
3355 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3356 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3357 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3358 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3359 plugin_insert = NULL;
3360 #endif
3361 break;
3362 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3363 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3364 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3365 break;
3366 default:
3367 break;
3368 }
3369 }
3370
3371 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3372 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3373 einfo ("%F");
3374 }
3375
3376 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3377 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3378 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3379 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3380 name to the symbol table. */
3381
3382 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3383
3384 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3385
3386 void
3387 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3388 {
3389 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3390
3391 undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3392 new_undef = (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3393 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3394 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3395
3396 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3397
3398 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3399 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3400 }
3401
3402 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3403
3404 static void
3405 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3406 {
3407 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3408
3409 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3410 if (h == NULL)
3411 einfo (_("%P%F: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3412 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3413 {
3414 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3415 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3416 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3417 ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
3418 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3419 }
3420 }
3421
3422 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3423 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3424 script file. */
3425
3426 static void
3427 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3428 {
3429 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3430
3431 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3432 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3433 }
3434
3435 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3436 be defined. */
3437
3438 struct require_defined_symbol
3439 {
3440 const char *name;
3441 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3442 };
3443
3444 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
3445
3446 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3447
3448 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3449 defined. */
3450
3451 void
3452 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3453 {
3454 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3455
3456 ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3457 ptr = (struct require_defined_symbol *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3458 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3459 ptr->name = strdup (name);
3460 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3461 }
3462
3463 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
3464 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
3465
3466 static void
3467 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
3468 {
3469 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3470
3471 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3472 {
3473 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3474
3475 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
3476 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3477 if (h == NULL
3478 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3479 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3480 einfo(_("%P%X: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
3481 }
3482 }
3483
3484 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
3485
3486 static void
3487 check_input_sections
3488 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3489 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3490 {
3491 for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->header.next)
3492 {
3493 switch (s->header.type)
3494 {
3495 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3496 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3497 output_section_statement);
3498 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3499 return;
3500 break;
3501 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3502 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3503 output_section_statement);
3504 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3505 return;
3506 break;
3507 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3508 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3509 output_section_statement);
3510 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3511 return;
3512 break;
3513 default:
3514 break;
3515 }
3516 }
3517 }
3518
3519 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
3520
3521 static void
3522 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3523 {
3524 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3525
3526 switch (sort_section)
3527 {
3528 default:
3529 FAIL ();
3530
3531 case none:
3532 break;
3533
3534 case by_name:
3535 case by_alignment:
3536 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3537 {
3538 switch (s->header.type)
3539 {
3540 default:
3541 break;
3542
3543 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3544 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3545 sec = sec->next)
3546 {
3547 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
3548 {
3549 case none:
3550 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
3551 break;
3552 case by_name:
3553 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
3554 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
3555 break;
3556 case by_alignment:
3557 if (sort_section == by_name)
3558 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
3559 break;
3560 default:
3561 break;
3562 }
3563 }
3564 break;
3565
3566 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3567 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
3568 break;
3569
3570 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3571 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
3572 if (strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".init") != 0
3573 && strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".fini") != 0)
3574 update_wild_statements
3575 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
3576 break;
3577
3578 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3579 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
3580 break;
3581 }
3582 }
3583 break;
3584 }
3585 }
3586
3587 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
3588
3589 static void
3590 map_input_to_output_sections
3591 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
3592 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
3593 {
3594 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3595 {
3596 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
3597 flagword flags;
3598
3599 switch (s->header.type)
3600 {
3601 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3602 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
3603 break;
3604 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3605 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
3606 target,
3607 os);
3608 break;
3609 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3610 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
3611 if (tos->constraint != 0)
3612 {
3613 if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
3614 && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
3615 break;
3616 tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
3617 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
3618 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
3619 {
3620 tos->constraint = -1;
3621 break;
3622 }
3623 }
3624 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
3625 target,
3626 tos);
3627 break;
3628 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3629 break;
3630 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3631 target = s->target_statement.target;
3632 break;
3633 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3634 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3635 target,
3636 os);
3637 break;
3638 case lang_data_statement_enum:
3639 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
3640 are initialized. */
3641 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
3642 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
3643 these may be overridden by the script. */
3644 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
3645 switch (os->sectype)
3646 {
3647 case normal_section:
3648 case overlay_section:
3649 break;
3650 case noalloc_section:
3651 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3652 break;
3653 case noload_section:
3654 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
3655 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3656 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
3657 else
3658 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3659 break;
3660 }
3661 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
3662 init_os (os, flags);
3663 else
3664 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
3665 break;
3666 case lang_input_section_enum:
3667 break;
3668 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
3669 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
3670 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
3671 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
3672 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3673 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3674 init_os (os, 0);
3675 break;
3676 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3677 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3678 init_os (os, 0);
3679
3680 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
3681 are initialized. */
3682 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3683 break;
3684 case lang_address_statement_enum:
3685 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
3686 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
3687 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
3688 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
3689 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
3690 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
3691 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
3692 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
3693 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
3694 if (!s->address_statement.segment
3695 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
3696 {
3697 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
3698
3699 /* Create the output section statement here so that
3700 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
3701 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
3702 place them in amongst other sections then the address
3703 will affect following script sections, which is
3704 likely to surprise naive users. */
3705 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
3706 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
3707 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
3708 init_os (tos, 0);
3709 }
3710 break;
3711 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
3712 break;
3713 }
3714 }
3715 }
3716
3717 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
3718 start of the list and places them after the output section
3719 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
3720 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
3721 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements. */
3722
3723 static void
3724 process_insert_statements (void)
3725 {
3726 lang_statement_union_type **s;
3727 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
3728 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
3729 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3730
3731 /* "start of list" is actually the statement immediately after
3732 the special abs_section output statement, so that it isn't
3733 reordered. */
3734 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3735 while (*(s = &(*s)->header.next) != NULL)
3736 {
3737 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
3738 {
3739 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
3740 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
3741 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
3742
3743 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
3744 last_os = os;
3745
3746 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
3747 won't match this output section statement. At this
3748 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
3749 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
3750 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
3751 if (first_os == NULL)
3752 first_os = last_os;
3753 }
3754 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
3755 {
3756 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
3757 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
3758 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
3759 lang_statement_union_type *first;
3760
3761 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
3762 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
3763 {
3764 do
3765 where = where->prev;
3766 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
3767 }
3768 if (where == NULL)
3769 {
3770 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
3771 return;
3772 }
3773
3774 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
3775 if (last_os != NULL)
3776 {
3777 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
3778 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
3779
3780 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
3781 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
3782 if (last_os->next == NULL)
3783 {
3784 next = &first_os->prev->next;
3785 lang_output_section_statement.tail
3786 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3787 }
3788 else
3789 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
3790 /* Add them in at the new position. */
3791 last_os->next = where->next;
3792 if (where->next == NULL)
3793 {
3794 next = &last_os->next;
3795 lang_output_section_statement.tail
3796 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3797 }
3798 else
3799 where->next->prev = last_os;
3800 first_os->prev = where;
3801 where->next = first_os;
3802
3803 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
3804 first_sec = NULL;
3805 last_sec = NULL;
3806 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
3807 {
3808 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
3809 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
3810 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
3811 {
3812 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
3813 if (first_sec == NULL)
3814 first_sec = last_sec;
3815 }
3816 if (os == last_os)
3817 break;
3818 }
3819 if (last_sec != NULL)
3820 {
3821 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
3822 if (sec == NULL)
3823 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
3824
3825 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
3826 sections we are moving. So if we find no
3827 section or if the section is the same as our
3828 last section, then no move is needed. */
3829 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
3830 {
3831 /* Trim them off. */
3832 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
3833 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
3834 else
3835 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
3836 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
3837 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
3838 else
3839 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
3840 /* Add back. */
3841 last_sec->next = sec->next;
3842 if (sec->next != NULL)
3843 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
3844 else
3845 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
3846 first_sec->prev = sec;
3847 sec->next = first_sec;
3848 }
3849 }
3850
3851 first_os = NULL;
3852 last_os = NULL;
3853 }
3854
3855 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
3856 /* Snip everything after the abs_section output statement we
3857 know is at the start of the list, up to and including
3858 the insert statement we are currently processing. */
3859 first = lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next;
3860 lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next = (*s)->header.next;
3861 /* Add them back where they belong. */
3862 *s = *ptr;
3863 if (*s == NULL)
3864 statement_list.tail = s;
3865 *ptr = first;
3866 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3867 }
3868 }
3869
3870 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
3871 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
3872 {
3873 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
3874 if (os == last_os)
3875 break;
3876 }
3877 }
3878
3879 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
3880 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
3881 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
3882
3883 void
3884 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
3885 {
3886 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3887
3888 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
3889 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
3890 {
3891 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
3892 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
3893 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
3894 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
3895 }
3896
3897 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
3898 os != NULL;
3899 os = os->next)
3900 {
3901 asection *output_section;
3902 bfd_boolean exclude;
3903
3904 if (os->constraint < 0)
3905 continue;
3906
3907 output_section = os->bfd_section;
3908 if (output_section == NULL)
3909 continue;
3910
3911 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
3912 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
3913 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
3914 output_section));
3915
3916 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
3917 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3918 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
3919 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
3920 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
3921 {
3922 asection *s;
3923
3924 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
3925 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3926 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
3927 || link_info.emitrelocations))
3928 {
3929 exclude = FALSE;
3930 break;
3931 }
3932 }
3933
3934 if (exclude)
3935 {
3936 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
3937 removed output section statement may still be used. */
3938 if (!os->update_dot)
3939 os->ignored = TRUE;
3940 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3941 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
3942 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
3943 }
3944 }
3945 }
3946
3947 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
3948 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite.
3949 FIXME: Except for sh64elf.em which starts creating link_orders in
3950 its after_allocation routine so needs to call it early. */
3951
3952 void
3953 lang_clear_os_map (void)
3954 {
3955 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3956
3957 if (map_head_is_link_order)
3958 return;
3959
3960 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
3961 os != NULL;
3962 os = os->next)
3963 {
3964 asection *output_section;
3965
3966 if (os->constraint < 0)
3967 continue;
3968
3969 output_section = os->bfd_section;
3970 if (output_section == NULL)
3971 continue;
3972
3973 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
3974 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
3975 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
3976 }
3977
3978 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
3979 and map_tail link_order fields. */
3980 map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
3981 }
3982
3983 static void
3984 print_output_section_statement
3985 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3986 {
3987 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
3988 int len;
3989
3990 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
3991 {
3992 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
3993
3994 if (section != NULL)
3995 {
3996 print_dot = section->vma;
3997
3998 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
3999 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4000 {
4001 print_nl ();
4002 len = 0;
4003 }
4004 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4005 {
4006 print_space ();
4007 ++len;
4008 }
4009
4010 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4011
4012 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4013 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4014
4015 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4016 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4017 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4018 }
4019
4020 print_nl ();
4021 }
4022
4023 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4024 output_section_statement);
4025 }
4026
4027 static void
4028 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4029 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4030 {
4031 unsigned int i;
4032 bfd_boolean is_dot;
4033 etree_type *tree;
4034 asection *osec;
4035
4036 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4037 print_space ();
4038
4039 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4040 {
4041 is_dot = FALSE;
4042 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4043 }
4044 else
4045 {
4046 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4047
4048 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4049 if (!is_dot)
4050 expld.assign_name = dst;
4051 tree = assignment->exp->assign.src;
4052 }
4053
4054 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4055 if (osec == NULL)
4056 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4057
4058 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4059 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4060 else
4061 expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4062
4063 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4064 {
4065 bfd_vma value;
4066
4067 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4068 || is_dot
4069 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4070 {
4071 value = expld.result.value;
4072
4073 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4074 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4075
4076 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4077 if (is_dot)
4078 print_dot = value;
4079 }
4080 else
4081 {
4082 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4083
4084 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4085 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4086 if (h)
4087 {
4088 value = h->u.def.value;
4089 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4090 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4091
4092 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4093 }
4094 else
4095 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4096 }
4097 }
4098 else
4099 {
4100 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4101 minfo ("[!provide]");
4102 else
4103 minfo ("*undef* ");
4104 #ifdef BFD64
4105 minfo (" ");
4106 #endif
4107 }
4108 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4109
4110 minfo (" ");
4111 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4112 print_nl ();
4113 }
4114
4115 static void
4116 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4117 {
4118 if (statm->filename != NULL
4119 && (statm->the_bfd == NULL
4120 || (statm->the_bfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
4121 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4122 }
4123
4124 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4125 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4126
4127 static bfd_boolean
4128 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4129 {
4130 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4131
4132 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4133 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4134 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4135 {
4136 int i;
4137
4138 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4139 print_space ();
4140 minfo ("0x%V ",
4141 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4142 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4143 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4144
4145 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4146 }
4147
4148 return TRUE;
4149 }
4150
4151 static int
4152 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4153 {
4154 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4155 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4156
4157 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4158 return -1;
4159 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4160 return 1;
4161 else
4162 return 0;
4163 }
4164
4165 static void
4166 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4167 {
4168 input_section_userdata_type *ud
4169 = (input_section_userdata_type *) get_userdata (sec);
4170 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4171 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4172 unsigned int i;
4173
4174 if (!ud)
4175 return;
4176
4177 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4178
4179 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4180 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4181 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4182 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4183
4184 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4185 entries[i] = def->entry;
4186
4187 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4188 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4189
4190 /* Print the symbols. */
4191 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4192 print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4193
4194 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4195 }
4196
4197 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4198
4199 static void
4200 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4201 {
4202 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4203 int len;
4204 bfd_vma addr;
4205
4206 init_opb ();
4207
4208 print_space ();
4209 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4210
4211 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4212 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4213 {
4214 print_nl ();
4215 len = 0;
4216 }
4217 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4218 {
4219 print_space ();
4220 ++len;
4221 }
4222
4223 if (i->output_section != NULL
4224 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4225 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4226 else
4227 {
4228 addr = print_dot;
4229 if (!is_discarded)
4230 size = 0;
4231 }
4232
4233 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, size, i->owner);
4234
4235 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4236 {
4237 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4238 #ifdef BFD64
4239 len += 16;
4240 #else
4241 len += 8;
4242 #endif
4243 while (len > 0)
4244 {
4245 print_space ();
4246 --len;
4247 }
4248
4249 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize);
4250 }
4251
4252 if (i->output_section != NULL
4253 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4254 {
4255 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4256 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4257 else
4258 print_all_symbols (i);
4259
4260 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4261 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4262 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4263 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4264 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4265 }
4266 }
4267
4268 static void
4269 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4270 {
4271 size_t size;
4272 unsigned char *p;
4273 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4274 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4275 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4276 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4277 }
4278
4279 static void
4280 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4281 {
4282 int i;
4283 bfd_vma addr;
4284 bfd_size_type size;
4285 const char *name;
4286
4287 init_opb ();
4288 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4289 print_space ();
4290
4291 addr = data->output_offset;
4292 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4293 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4294
4295 switch (data->type)
4296 {
4297 default:
4298 abort ();
4299 case BYTE:
4300 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4301 name = "BYTE";
4302 break;
4303 case SHORT:
4304 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4305 name = "SHORT";
4306 break;
4307 case LONG:
4308 size = LONG_SIZE;
4309 name = "LONG";
4310 break;
4311 case QUAD:
4312 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4313 name = "QUAD";
4314 break;
4315 case SQUAD:
4316 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4317 name = "SQUAD";
4318 break;
4319 }
4320
4321 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4322 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4323 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4324
4325 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4326 {
4327 print_space ();
4328 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4329 }
4330
4331 print_nl ();
4332
4333 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4334 }
4335
4336 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4337 -Ttext. */
4338
4339 static void
4340 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4341 {
4342 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4343 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4344 print_nl ();
4345 }
4346
4347 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4348
4349 static void
4350 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4351 {
4352 int i;
4353 bfd_vma addr;
4354 bfd_size_type size;
4355
4356 init_opb ();
4357 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4358 print_space ();
4359
4360 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4361 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4362 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4363
4364 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4365
4366 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4367
4368 if (reloc->name != NULL)
4369 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4370 else
4371 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4372
4373 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4374
4375 print_nl ();
4376
4377 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4378 }
4379
4380 static void
4381 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4382 {
4383 int len;
4384 bfd_vma addr;
4385
4386 init_opb ();
4387 minfo (" *fill*");
4388
4389 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4390 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4391 {
4392 print_space ();
4393 ++len;
4394 }
4395
4396 addr = s->output_offset;
4397 if (s->output_section != NULL)
4398 addr += s->output_section->vma;
4399 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4400
4401 if (s->fill->size != 0)
4402 {
4403 size_t size;
4404 unsigned char *p;
4405 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4406 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4407 }
4408
4409 print_nl ();
4410
4411 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4412 }
4413
4414 static void
4415 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4416 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4417 {
4418 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4419
4420 print_space ();
4421
4422 if (w->exclude_name_list)
4423 {
4424 name_list *tmp;
4425 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
4426 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4427 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4428 minfo (") ");
4429 }
4430
4431 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4432 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4433 if (w->filename != NULL)
4434 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4435 else
4436 minfo ("*");
4437 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4438 minfo (")");
4439
4440 minfo ("(");
4441 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4442 {
4443 int closing_paren = 0;
4444
4445 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4446 {
4447 case none:
4448 break;
4449
4450 case by_name:
4451 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4452 closing_paren = 1;
4453 break;
4454
4455 case by_alignment:
4456 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4457 closing_paren = 1;
4458 break;
4459
4460 case by_name_alignment:
4461 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4462 closing_paren = 2;
4463 break;
4464
4465 case by_alignment_name:
4466 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
4467 closing_paren = 2;
4468 break;
4469
4470 case by_none:
4471 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
4472 closing_paren = 1;
4473 break;
4474
4475 case by_init_priority:
4476 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
4477 closing_paren = 1;
4478 break;
4479 }
4480
4481 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4482 {
4483 name_list *tmp;
4484 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4485 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4486 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4487 minfo (") ");
4488 }
4489 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4490 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4491 else
4492 minfo ("*");
4493 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
4494 minfo (")");
4495 if (sec->next)
4496 minfo (" ");
4497 }
4498 minfo (")");
4499
4500 print_nl ();
4501
4502 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4503 }
4504
4505 /* Print a group statement. */
4506
4507 static void
4508 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4509 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4510 {
4511 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4512 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4513 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4514 }
4515
4516 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4517 This can be called for any statement type. */
4518
4519 static void
4520 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4521 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4522 {
4523 while (s != NULL)
4524 {
4525 print_statement (s, os);
4526 s = s->header.next;
4527 }
4528 }
4529
4530 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
4531 This can be called for any statement type. */
4532
4533 static void
4534 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4535 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4536 {
4537 switch (s->header.type)
4538 {
4539 default:
4540 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
4541 FAIL ();
4542 break;
4543 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4544 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
4545 {
4546 if (constructors_sorted)
4547 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
4548 else
4549 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
4550 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
4551 }
4552 break;
4553 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4554 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
4555 break;
4556 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4557 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
4558 break;
4559 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4560 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
4561 break;
4562 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4563 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
4564 break;
4565 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4566 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
4567 break;
4568 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4569 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
4570 break;
4571 case lang_input_section_enum:
4572 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
4573 break;
4574 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4575 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
4576 break;
4577 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4578 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
4579 break;
4580 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4581 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
4582 break;
4583 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4584 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
4585 break;
4586 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4587 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
4588 if (output_target != NULL)
4589 minfo (" %s", output_target);
4590 minfo (")\n");
4591 break;
4592 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4593 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
4594 break;
4595 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4596 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
4597 break;
4598 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4599 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
4600 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
4601 s->insert_statement.where);
4602 break;
4603 }
4604 }
4605
4606 static void
4607 print_statements (void)
4608 {
4609 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
4610 }
4611
4612 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
4613 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
4614 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
4615 Intended to be called from GDB. */
4616
4617 void
4618 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
4619 {
4620 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
4621
4622 config.map_file = stderr;
4623
4624 if (n < 0)
4625 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
4626 else
4627 {
4628 while (s && --n >= 0)
4629 {
4630 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
4631 s = s->header.next;
4632 }
4633 }
4634
4635 config.map_file = map_save;
4636 }
4637
4638 static void
4639 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
4640 fill_type *fill,
4641 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
4642 asection *output_section,
4643 bfd_vma dot)
4644 {
4645 static fill_type zero_fill;
4646 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
4647
4648 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
4649 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
4650 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
4651 if (pad != NULL
4652 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4653 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4654 {
4655 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4656 }
4657 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
4658 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4659 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4660 {
4661 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4662 }
4663 else
4664 {
4665 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
4666 pad = (lang_statement_union_type *)
4667 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
4668 pad->header.next = *ptr;
4669 *ptr = pad;
4670 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
4671 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
4672 if (fill == NULL)
4673 fill = &zero_fill;
4674 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
4675 }
4676 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
4677 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
4678 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
4679 - output_section->vma);
4680 }
4681
4682 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
4683
4684 static bfd_vma
4685 size_input_section
4686 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
4687 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4688 fill_type *fill,
4689 bfd_vma dot)
4690 {
4691 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
4692 asection *i = is->section;
4693 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4694
4695 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
4696 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
4697 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
4698 || output_section_statement->ignored)
4699 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4700 else
4701 {
4702 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
4703
4704 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
4705 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
4706 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
4707 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
4708
4709 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != -1)
4710 i->alignment_power = output_section_statement->subsection_alignment;
4711
4712 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
4713 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
4714
4715 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
4716
4717 if (alignment_needed != 0)
4718 {
4719 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
4720 dot += alignment_needed;
4721 }
4722
4723 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
4724 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4725
4726 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
4727 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
4728 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
4729 }
4730
4731 return dot;
4732 }
4733
4734 struct check_sec
4735 {
4736 asection *sec;
4737 bfd_boolean warned;
4738 };
4739
4740 static int
4741 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4742 {
4743 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4744 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4745
4746 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4747 return -1;
4748 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4749 return 1;
4750 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4751 return -1;
4752 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4753 return 1;
4754
4755 return 0;
4756 }
4757
4758 static int
4759 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4760 {
4761 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4762 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4763
4764 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4765 return -1;
4766 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4767 return 1;
4768 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4769 return -1;
4770 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4771 return 1;
4772
4773 return 0;
4774 }
4775
4776 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4777 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4778
4779 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
4780 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
4781
4782 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
4783 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
4784 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
4785 region has overflowed. */
4786
4787 static void
4788 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
4789 {
4790 asection *s, *p;
4791 struct check_sec *sections;
4792 size_t i, count;
4793 bfd_vma addr_mask;
4794 bfd_vma s_start;
4795 bfd_vma s_end;
4796 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
4797 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
4798 lang_memory_region_type *m;
4799 bfd_boolean overlays;
4800
4801 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
4802 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
4803 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
4804 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
4805 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4806 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4807 {
4808 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
4809 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
4810 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
4811 s->name);
4812 else
4813 {
4814 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
4815 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
4816 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
4817 s->name);
4818 }
4819 }
4820
4821 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
4822 return;
4823
4824 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
4825 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
4826
4827 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
4828 count = 0;
4829 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4830 {
4831 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
4832 || s->size == 0)
4833 continue;
4834
4835 sections[count].sec = s;
4836 sections[count].warned = FALSE;
4837 count++;
4838 }
4839
4840 if (count <= 1)
4841 {
4842 free (sections);
4843 return;
4844 }
4845
4846 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
4847
4848 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
4849 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
4850 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
4851 {
4852 s = sections[i].sec;
4853 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4854 {
4855 s_start = s->lma;
4856 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
4857
4858 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
4859 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
4860 case of overlap when the current section starts before
4861 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
4862 previous section wraps around the address space. */
4863 if (p != NULL
4864 && (s_start <= p_end
4865 || p_end < p_start))
4866 {
4867 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
4868 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
4869 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
4870 sections[i].warned = TRUE;
4871 }
4872 p = s;
4873 p_start = s_start;
4874 p_end = s_end;
4875 }
4876 }
4877
4878 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
4879 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
4880 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
4881 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
4882 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
4883 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
4884 overlays = FALSE;
4885 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
4886 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
4887 {
4888 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
4889 if (p_start == s_start)
4890 {
4891 overlays = TRUE;
4892 break;
4893 }
4894 p_start = s_start;
4895 }
4896
4897 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
4898 if (!overlays)
4899 {
4900 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
4901 {
4902 s = sections[i].sec;
4903 s_start = s->vma;
4904 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
4905
4906 if (p != NULL
4907 && !sections[i].warned
4908 && (s_start <= p_end
4909 || p_end < p_start))
4910 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
4911 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
4912 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
4913 p = s;
4914 p_start = s_start;
4915 p_end = s_end;
4916 }
4917 }
4918
4919 free (sections);
4920
4921 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
4922 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
4923 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
4924 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
4925
4926 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
4927 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
4928 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
4929 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
4930 if (m->had_full_message)
4931 {
4932 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
4933 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
4934 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
4935 over),
4936 m->name_list.name, over);
4937 }
4938 }
4939
4940 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
4941 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
4942 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
4943 calculation wraps around. */
4944
4945 static void
4946 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
4947 lang_memory_region_type *region,
4948 etree_type *tree,
4949 bfd_vma rbase)
4950 {
4951 if ((region->current < region->origin
4952 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
4953 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
4954 || rbase == 0))
4955 {
4956 if (tree != NULL)
4957 {
4958 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
4959 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
4960 region->current,
4961 os->bfd_section->owner,
4962 os->bfd_section->name,
4963 region->name_list.name);
4964 }
4965 else if (!region->had_full_message)
4966 {
4967 region->had_full_message = TRUE;
4968
4969 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
4970 os->bfd_section->owner,
4971 os->bfd_section->name,
4972 region->name_list.name);
4973 }
4974 }
4975 }
4976
4977 static void
4978 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4979 seg_align_type *seg)
4980 {
4981 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
4982 {
4983 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
4984 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
4985 else
4986 {
4987 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
4988 }
4989 }
4990 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
4991 {
4992 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
4993 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
4994 else
4995 {
4996 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
4997 }
4998 }
4999 }
5000
5001 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5002
5003 static bfd_vma
5004 lang_size_sections_1
5005 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5006 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5007 fill_type *fill,
5008 bfd_vma dot,
5009 bfd_boolean *relax,
5010 bfd_boolean check_regions)
5011 {
5012 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5013
5014 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5015 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5016 {
5017 switch (s->header.type)
5018 {
5019 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5020 {
5021 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5022 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5023 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5024 int section_alignment = 0;
5025
5026 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5027 if (os->constraint == -1)
5028 break;
5029
5030 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5031 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5032 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5033 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5034 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5035 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5036 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5037 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5038 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5039 {
5040 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
5041 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5042
5043 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5044 {
5045 dot = expld.result.value;
5046 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5047 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5048 }
5049 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5050 einfo (_("%F%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5051 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5052 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5053 }
5054
5055 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5056 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5057 break;
5058
5059 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5060 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5061 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5062 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5063 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5064 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5065 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5066 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5067 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5068 {
5069 asection *input;
5070
5071 if (os->children.head == NULL
5072 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5073 || (os->children.head->header.type
5074 != lang_input_section_enum))
5075 einfo (_("%P%X: Internal error on COFF shared library"
5076 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5077
5078 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5079 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
5080 os->bfd_section,
5081 bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
5082 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5083 break;
5084 }
5085
5086 newdot = dot;
5087 dotdelta = 0;
5088 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5089 {
5090 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5091 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5092 }
5093 else
5094 {
5095 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5096 {
5097 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5098 from the region specification. */
5099 if (os->region == NULL
5100 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5101 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5102 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5103 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5104 {
5105 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5106 }
5107
5108 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5109 region, and some non default memory regions were
5110 defined, issue an error message. */
5111 if (!os->ignored
5112 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5113 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5114 && check_regions
5115 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5116 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5117 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5118 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5119 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5120 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5121 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5122 {
5123 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5124 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5125 default memory region we can end up creating an
5126 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5127 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5128 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5129 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5130 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5131 switch. */
5132 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5133 einfo (_("%P%F: error: no memory region specified"
5134 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5135 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5136 os->bfd_section));
5137 else
5138 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5139 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5140 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5141 os->bfd_section));
5142 }
5143
5144 newdot = os->region->current;
5145 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5146 }
5147 else
5148 section_alignment = os->section_alignment;
5149
5150 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5151 if (section_alignment > 0)
5152 {
5153 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5154 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5155
5156 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5157 if (dotdelta != 0
5158 && (config.warn_section_align
5159 || os->addr_tree != NULL)
5160 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5161 einfo (ngettext ("%P: warning: changing start of "
5162 "section %s by %lu byte\n",
5163 "%P: warning: changing start of "
5164 "section %s by %lu bytes\n",
5165 (unsigned long) dotdelta),
5166 os->name, (unsigned long) dotdelta);
5167 }
5168
5169 bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot);
5170
5171 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5172 }
5173
5174 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5175 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5176
5177 os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5178
5179 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5180 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5181 no output section should change from zero size
5182 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5183 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5184 input section was not sized early enough. */
5185 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5186 else
5187 {
5188 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5189
5190 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5191 align at the block boundary. */
5192 after = ((dot
5193 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5194 + os->block_value - 1)
5195 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5196
5197 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after - os->bfd_section->vma);
5198 }
5199
5200 /* Set section lma. */
5201 r = os->region;
5202 if (r == NULL)
5203 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5204
5205 if (os->load_base)
5206 {
5207 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5208 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5209 }
5210 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5211 {
5212 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5213
5214 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5215 lma += dotdelta;
5216 else
5217 {
5218 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5219 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5220 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5221 only align according to the value in the output
5222 statement. */
5223 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5224 section_alignment = os->section_alignment;
5225 if (section_alignment > 0)
5226 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5227 }
5228 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5229 }
5230 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5231 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5232 {
5233 bfd_vma lma;
5234 asection *last;
5235
5236 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5237
5238 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5239 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5240 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5241 create overlapping LMAs. */
5242 if (dot < last->vma
5243 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5244 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5245 {
5246 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5247 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5248 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5249 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5250 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5251
5252 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5253 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5254 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5255 }
5256 else
5257 {
5258 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5259 at the end of the previous section. */
5260 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5261 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5262
5263 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5264 as the previous section. */
5265 else
5266 lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma;
5267
5268 if (section_alignment > 0)
5269 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5270 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5271 }
5272 }
5273 os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5274
5275 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5276 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5277 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5278 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5279 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5280 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5281 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5282 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5283 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5284 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5285 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5286 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5287 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5288 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5289 if (!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5290 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5291 || (r->last_os == NULL
5292 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5293 || (r->last_os != NULL
5294 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5295 .bfd_section->vma)))
5296 && os->lma_region == NULL
5297 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5298 r->last_os = s;
5299
5300 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5301 break;
5302
5303 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5304 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5305 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5306 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5307 else
5308 dotdelta = 0;
5309 dot += dotdelta;
5310
5311 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5312 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5313
5314 /* Update dot in the region ?
5315 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5316 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5317 overall size in memory. */
5318 if (os->region != NULL
5319 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5320 {
5321 os->region->current = dot;
5322
5323 if (check_regions)
5324 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
5325 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5326 os->bfd_section->vma);
5327
5328 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5329 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5330 || os->align_lma_with_input))
5331 {
5332 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5333
5334 if (check_regions)
5335 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5336 os->bfd_section->lma);
5337 }
5338 }
5339 }
5340 break;
5341
5342 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5343 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5344 output_section_statement,
5345 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5346 break;
5347
5348 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5349 {
5350 unsigned int size = 0;
5351
5352 s->data_statement.output_offset =
5353 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5354 s->data_statement.output_section =
5355 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5356
5357 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5358 need to mark them as needed. */
5359 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5360
5361 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5362 {
5363 default:
5364 abort ();
5365 case QUAD:
5366 case SQUAD:
5367 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5368 break;
5369 case LONG:
5370 size = LONG_SIZE;
5371 break;
5372 case SHORT:
5373 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5374 break;
5375 case BYTE:
5376 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5377 break;
5378 }
5379 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5380 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5381 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5382 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5383 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5384
5385 }
5386 break;
5387
5388 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5389 {
5390 int size;
5391
5392 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5393 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5394 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5395 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5396 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5397 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5398 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5399 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5400 }
5401 break;
5402
5403 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5404 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5405 output_section_statement,
5406 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5407 break;
5408
5409 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5410 link_info.create_object_symbols_section =
5411 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5412 break;
5413
5414 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5415 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5416 break;
5417
5418 case lang_input_section_enum:
5419 {
5420 asection *i;
5421
5422 i = s->input_section.section;
5423 if (relax)
5424 {
5425 bfd_boolean again;
5426
5427 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5428 einfo (_("%P%F: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5429 if (again)
5430 *relax = TRUE;
5431 }
5432 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5433 fill, dot);
5434 }
5435 break;
5436
5437 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5438 break;
5439
5440 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5441 s->fill_statement.output_section =
5442 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5443
5444 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5445 break;
5446
5447 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5448 {
5449 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
5450 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
5451
5452 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5453
5454 exp_fold_tree (tree,
5455 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
5456 &newdot);
5457
5458 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
5459
5460 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5461
5462 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
5463 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
5464 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
5465 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
5466 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
5467 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
5468
5469 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
5470 {
5471 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
5472 {
5473 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
5474 the default memory address. */
5475 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
5476 FALSE)->current = newdot;
5477 }
5478 else if (newdot != dot)
5479 {
5480 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
5481 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
5482 assignment references dot. */
5483 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
5484 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
5485
5486 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
5487 s = s->header.next;
5488
5489 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
5490 should have space allocated to it, unless the
5491 user has explicitly stated that the section
5492 should not be allocated. */
5493 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
5494 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
5495 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5496 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
5497 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
5498 }
5499 dot = newdot;
5500 }
5501 }
5502 break;
5503
5504 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5505 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
5506 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
5507 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
5508 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
5509 will be added back in. */
5510 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
5511
5512 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
5513 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
5514 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
5515 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
5516 a pad size of zero. */
5517 s->padding_statement.output_offset
5518 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5519 break;
5520
5521 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5522 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
5523 output_section_statement,
5524 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5525 break;
5526
5527 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5528 break;
5529
5530 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
5531 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5532 break;
5533
5534 default:
5535 FAIL ();
5536 break;
5537 }
5538 prev = &s->header.next;
5539 }
5540 return dot;
5541 }
5542
5543 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
5544 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
5545 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
5546 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
5547
5548 bfd_boolean
5549 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5550 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5551 asection *current_section,
5552 asection *previous_section,
5553 bfd_boolean new_segment)
5554 {
5555 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
5556 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
5557
5558 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
5559 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
5560 if (new_segment)
5561 return TRUE;
5562
5563 /* Paranoia checks. */
5564 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
5565 return new_segment;
5566
5567 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
5568 sections comingled in the same segment. */
5569 if (config.separate_code
5570 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
5571 return TRUE;
5572
5573 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
5574 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
5575 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
5576 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
5577 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
5578 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
5579
5580 /* More paranoia. */
5581 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
5582 return new_segment;
5583
5584 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
5585 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
5586 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
5587 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
5588 return cur->region != prev->region;
5589 }
5590
5591 void
5592 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5593 {
5594 lang_statement_iteration++;
5595 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
5596 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
5597 }
5598
5599 static bfd_boolean
5600 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
5601 {
5602 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
5603 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
5604 bfd_vma first, last;
5605
5606 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5607 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5608 if (first && last
5609 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
5610 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
5611 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
5612 {
5613 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
5614 return TRUE;
5615 }
5616
5617 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
5618 return FALSE;
5619 }
5620
5621 static bfd_vma
5622 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
5623 {
5624 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
5625 asection *sec;
5626
5627 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
5628 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
5629 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
5630
5631 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
5632 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
5633
5634 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
5635 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
5636 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5637 && sec->vma >= seg->base
5638 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
5639 {
5640 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
5641 desired? */
5642 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
5643
5644 end = start = sec->vma;
5645 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
5646 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
5647 bump = desired_end - end;
5648 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
5649 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
5650 start += bump;
5651 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
5652 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
5653 desired_end = start;
5654 }
5655
5656 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
5657 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
5658 seg->base = desired_end;
5659 return relro_end;
5660 }
5661
5662 static bfd_boolean
5663 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5664 {
5665 bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
5666 bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
5667 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
5668
5669 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5670 {
5671 do_data_relro = TRUE;
5672 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
5673 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
5674 }
5675 else
5676 {
5677 do_data_relro = FALSE;
5678 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
5679 }
5680
5681 if (do_data_relro)
5682 {
5683 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5684 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5685
5686 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
5687 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
5688 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
5689 {
5690 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
5691 do_reset = TRUE;
5692 }
5693 }
5694
5695 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
5696 do_reset = TRUE;
5697
5698 return do_reset;
5699 }
5700
5701 void
5702 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5703 {
5704 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
5705 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
5706
5707 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5708
5709 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
5710 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
5711
5712 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
5713 {
5714 bfd_boolean do_reset
5715 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
5716
5717 if (do_reset)
5718 {
5719 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5720 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5721 }
5722
5723 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5724 {
5725 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
5726 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
5727 }
5728 }
5729 }
5730
5731 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
5732 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
5733 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
5734
5735 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
5736
5737 static bfd_vma
5738 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5739 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
5740 fill_type *fill,
5741 bfd_vma dot,
5742 bfd_boolean *found_end)
5743 {
5744 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5745 {
5746 switch (s->header.type)
5747 {
5748 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5749 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
5750 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5751 break;
5752
5753 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5754 {
5755 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5756 bfd_vma newdot;
5757
5758 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
5759 os->after_end = *found_end;
5760 if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
5761 {
5762 if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5763 {
5764 current_section = os;
5765 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5766 }
5767 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5768 }
5769 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
5770 os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
5771 if (!os->ignored)
5772 {
5773 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
5774 {
5775 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5776 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5777 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5778 dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5779
5780 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
5781 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
5782 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5783 }
5784 else
5785 dot = newdot;
5786 }
5787 }
5788 break;
5789
5790 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5791
5792 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
5793 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5794 break;
5795
5796 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5797 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5798 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5799 break;
5800
5801 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5802 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5803 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5804 {
5805 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
5806 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5807 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
5808 }
5809 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
5810 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
5811 {
5812 unsigned int size;
5813 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5814 {
5815 default:
5816 abort ();
5817 case QUAD:
5818 case SQUAD:
5819 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5820 break;
5821 case LONG:
5822 size = LONG_SIZE;
5823 break;
5824 case SHORT:
5825 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5826 break;
5827 case BYTE:
5828 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5829 break;
5830 }
5831 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5832 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5833 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5834 }
5835 break;
5836
5837 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5838 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
5839 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5840 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5841 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
5842 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
5843 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
5844 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
5845 break;
5846
5847 case lang_input_section_enum:
5848 {
5849 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
5850
5851 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
5852 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
5853 }
5854 break;
5855
5856 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5857 break;
5858
5859 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5860 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5861 break;
5862
5863 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5864 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
5865 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
5866 {
5867 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
5868
5869 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
5870 prefer_next_section = TRUE;
5871
5872 while (*p == '_')
5873 ++p;
5874 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
5875 *found_end = TRUE;
5876 }
5877 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
5878 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
5879 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
5880 &dot);
5881 break;
5882
5883 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5884 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
5885 break;
5886
5887 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5888 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
5889 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5890 break;
5891
5892 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5893 break;
5894
5895 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5896 break;
5897
5898 default:
5899 FAIL ();
5900 break;
5901 }
5902 }
5903 return dot;
5904 }
5905
5906 void
5907 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
5908 {
5909 bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
5910
5911 current_section = NULL;
5912 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5913 expld.phase = phase;
5914 lang_statement_iteration++;
5915 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
5916 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
5917 }
5918
5919 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
5920 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
5921 of "dot". */
5922
5923 asection *
5924 section_for_dot (void)
5925 {
5926 asection *s;
5927
5928 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
5929 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
5930 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
5931 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
5932 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
5933 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
5934 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
5935 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
5936 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
5937 {
5938 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
5939 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5940
5941 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
5942 stmt != NULL;
5943 stmt = stmt->header.next)
5944 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
5945 break;
5946
5947 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
5948 while (os != NULL
5949 && !os->after_end
5950 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
5951 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
5952 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
5953 os->bfd_section)))
5954 os = os->next;
5955
5956 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
5957 {
5958 if (os != NULL)
5959 s = os->bfd_section;
5960 else
5961 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
5962 while (s != NULL
5963 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5964 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
5965 s = s->prev;
5966 if (s != NULL)
5967 return s;
5968
5969 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5970 }
5971 }
5972
5973 s = current_section->bfd_section;
5974
5975 /* The section may have been stripped. */
5976 while (s != NULL
5977 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
5978 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5979 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
5980 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
5981 s = s->prev;
5982 if (s == NULL)
5983 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
5984 while (s != NULL
5985 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5986 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
5987 s = s->next;
5988 if (s != NULL)
5989 return s;
5990
5991 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5992 }
5993
5994 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
5995
5996 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
5997 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
5998 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
5999
6000 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6001 to start_stop_syms. */
6002
6003 static void
6004 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6005 {
6006 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6007
6008 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6009 if (h != NULL)
6010 {
6011 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6012 {
6013 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6014 start_stop_syms
6015 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6016 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6017 }
6018 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6019 }
6020 }
6021
6022 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6023 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6024 preliminary definitions. */
6025
6026 static void
6027 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6028 {
6029 bfd *abfd;
6030 asection *s;
6031 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6032
6033 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6034 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6035 {
6036 const char *ps;
6037 const char *secname = s->name;
6038
6039 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6040 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6041 break;
6042 if (*ps == '\0')
6043 {
6044 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6045
6046 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6047 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6048 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6049
6050 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6051 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6052 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6053
6054 free (symbol);
6055 }
6056 }
6057 }
6058
6059 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6060
6061 static void
6062 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6063 {
6064 size_t i;
6065
6066 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6067 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6068 }
6069
6070 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6071 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6072 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6073 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6074 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6075
6076 static void
6077 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6078 {
6079 if (h->ldscript_def)
6080 return;
6081
6082 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6083 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6084 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6085 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6086 {
6087 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6088 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6089 }
6090 }
6091
6092 static void
6093 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6094 {
6095 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6096 }
6097
6098 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6099 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6100 preliminary definitions. */
6101
6102 static void
6103 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6104 {
6105 asection *s;
6106
6107 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6108 {
6109 const char *secname = s->name;
6110 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6111
6112 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6113 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6114
6115 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6116 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6117 free (symbol);
6118 }
6119 }
6120
6121 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6122
6123 static void
6124 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6125 {
6126 if (h->ldscript_def
6127 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6128 return;
6129
6130 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6131 {
6132 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6133 .startof. already has final value. */
6134 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6135 {
6136 /* .sizeof. */
6137 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6138 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6139 }
6140 }
6141 else
6142 {
6143 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6144 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6145
6146 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6147 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6148 {
6149 /* __stop_ */
6150 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6151 }
6152 }
6153 }
6154
6155 static void
6156 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6157 {
6158 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6159 }
6160
6161 static void
6162 lang_end (void)
6163 {
6164 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6165 bfd_boolean warn;
6166
6167 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6168 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6169 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6170 else
6171 warn = TRUE;
6172
6173 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6174 --gc-sections. */
6175 if (link_info.gc_sections && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6176 && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
6177 einfo (_("%P%F: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
6178 "an undefined symbol\n"));
6179
6180 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6181 {
6182 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
6183 don't warn if we don't find it. */
6184 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6185 warn = FALSE;
6186 }
6187
6188 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6189 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6190 if (h != NULL
6191 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6192 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6193 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6194 {
6195 bfd_vma val;
6196
6197 val = (h->u.def.value
6198 + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd,
6199 h->u.def.section->output_section)
6200 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6201 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6202 einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6203 }
6204 else
6205 {
6206 bfd_vma val;
6207 const char *send;
6208
6209 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
6210 number. */
6211 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
6212 if (*send == '\0')
6213 {
6214 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6215 einfo (_("%P%F: can't set start address\n"));
6216 }
6217 else
6218 {
6219 asection *ts;
6220
6221 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
6222 the first address in the text section. */
6223 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
6224 if (ts != NULL)
6225 {
6226 if (warn)
6227 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6228 " defaulting to %V\n"),
6229 entry_symbol.name,
6230 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts));
6231 if (!(bfd_set_start_address
6232 (link_info.output_bfd,
6233 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts))))
6234 einfo (_("%P%F: can't set start address\n"));
6235 }
6236 else
6237 {
6238 if (warn)
6239 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6240 " not setting start address\n"),
6241 entry_symbol.name);
6242 }
6243 }
6244 }
6245 }
6246
6247 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
6248 BFD. */
6249
6250 static void
6251 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6252 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6253 {
6254 /* Don't do anything. */
6255 }
6256
6257 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
6258 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
6259 other checking that is needed. */
6260
6261 static void
6262 lang_check (void)
6263 {
6264 lang_statement_union_type *file;
6265 bfd *input_bfd;
6266 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
6267
6268 for (file = file_chain.head; file != NULL; file = file->input_statement.next)
6269 {
6270 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6271 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
6272 if (file->input_statement.flags.claimed)
6273 continue;
6274 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6275 input_bfd = file->input_statement.the_bfd;
6276 compatible
6277 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6278 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6279
6280 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6281 link between differing object formats when the input
6282 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6283 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6284 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6285 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
6286 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6287 || link_info.emitrelocations)
6288 && (compatible == NULL
6289 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6290 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6291 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6292 {
6293 einfo (_("%P%F: Relocatable linking with relocations from"
6294 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
6295 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6296 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
6297 /* einfo with %F exits. */
6298 }
6299
6300 if (compatible == NULL)
6301 {
6302 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6303 einfo (_("%P%X: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
6304 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
6305 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6306 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
6307 }
6308 else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
6309 {
6310 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
6311 private data of the output bfd. */
6312
6313 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
6314
6315 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
6316 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
6317 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
6318 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
6319 information which is needed in the output file. */
6320 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6321 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
6322 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
6323 {
6324 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6325 einfo (_("%P%X: failed to merge target specific data"
6326 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
6327 }
6328 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6329 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
6330 }
6331 }
6332 }
6333
6334 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
6335 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
6336 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
6337
6338 static void
6339 lang_common (void)
6340 {
6341 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
6342 return;
6343 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6344 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
6345 return;
6346
6347 if (!config.sort_common)
6348 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
6349 else
6350 {
6351 unsigned int power;
6352
6353 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
6354 {
6355 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
6356 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6357
6358 power = 0;
6359 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6360 }
6361 else
6362 {
6363 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
6364 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6365
6366 power = (unsigned int) -1;
6367 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6368 }
6369 }
6370 }
6371
6372 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
6373
6374 static bfd_boolean
6375 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
6376 {
6377 unsigned int power_of_two;
6378 bfd_vma size;
6379 asection *section;
6380
6381 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
6382 return TRUE;
6383
6384 size = h->u.c.size;
6385 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
6386
6387 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
6388 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
6389 return TRUE;
6390 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
6391 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
6392 return TRUE;
6393
6394 section = h->u.c.p->section;
6395 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
6396 einfo (_("%P%F: Could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
6397 h->root.string);
6398
6399 if (config.map_file != NULL)
6400 {
6401 static bfd_boolean header_printed;
6402 int len;
6403 char *name;
6404 char buf[50];
6405
6406 if (!header_printed)
6407 {
6408 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
6409 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
6410 header_printed = TRUE;
6411 }
6412
6413 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
6414 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
6415 if (name == NULL)
6416 {
6417 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
6418 len = strlen (h->root.string);
6419 }
6420 else
6421 {
6422 minfo ("%s", name);
6423 len = strlen (name);
6424 free (name);
6425 }
6426
6427 if (len >= 19)
6428 {
6429 print_nl ();
6430 len = 0;
6431 }
6432 while (len < 20)
6433 {
6434 print_space ();
6435 ++len;
6436 }
6437
6438 minfo ("0x");
6439 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
6440 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
6441 else
6442 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
6443 minfo ("%s", buf);
6444 len = strlen (buf);
6445
6446 while (len < 16)
6447 {
6448 print_space ();
6449 ++len;
6450 }
6451
6452 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
6453 }
6454
6455 return TRUE;
6456 }
6457
6458 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
6459 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
6460 option are handled here. */
6461
6462 static void
6463 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
6464 {
6465 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
6466 {
6467 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6468 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
6469 TRUE);
6470 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6471 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6472 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6473 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6474 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6475 }
6476 else
6477 {
6478 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6479 const char *name = s->name;
6480 int constraint = 0;
6481
6482 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
6483 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'.\n"),
6484 s, s->owner);
6485
6486 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
6487 constraint = SPECIAL;
6488
6489 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
6490 if (os == NULL)
6491 {
6492 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
6493 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6494 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6495 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6496 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6497 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6498 }
6499
6500 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
6501 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
6502 "placed in section `%s'.\n"),
6503 s, s->owner, os->name);
6504 }
6505 }
6506
6507 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
6508 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
6509 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
6510
6511 static void
6512 lang_place_orphans (void)
6513 {
6514 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
6515 {
6516 asection *s;
6517
6518 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6519 {
6520 if (s->output_section == NULL)
6521 {
6522 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
6523 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
6524
6525 if (file->flags.just_syms)
6526 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
6527 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
6528 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6529 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
6530 {
6531 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
6532 come from an archive. We attach to the section
6533 with the wildcard. */
6534 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6535 || command_line.force_common_definition)
6536 {
6537 if (default_common_section == NULL)
6538 default_common_section
6539 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
6540 TRUE);
6541 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
6542 NULL, default_common_section);
6543 }
6544 }
6545 else
6546 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
6547 }
6548 }
6549 }
6550 }
6551
6552 void
6553 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
6554 {
6555 flagword *ptr_flags;
6556
6557 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6558
6559 while (*flags)
6560 {
6561 switch (*flags)
6562 {
6563 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
6564 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
6565 case '!':
6566 invert = !invert;
6567 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6568 break;
6569
6570 case 'A': case 'a':
6571 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6572 break;
6573
6574 case 'R': case 'r':
6575 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6576 break;
6577
6578 case 'W': case 'w':
6579 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
6580 break;
6581
6582 case 'X': case 'x':
6583 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
6584 break;
6585
6586 case 'L': case 'l':
6587 case 'I': case 'i':
6588 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
6589 break;
6590
6591 default:
6592 einfo (_("%P%F: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
6593 *flags, *flags);
6594 break;
6595 }
6596 flags++;
6597 }
6598 }
6599
6600 /* Call a function on each input file. This function will be called
6601 on an archive, but not on the elements. */
6602
6603 void
6604 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6605 {
6606 lang_input_statement_type *f;
6607
6608 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6609 f != NULL;
6610 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
6611 func (f);
6612 }
6613
6614 /* Call a function on each file. The function will be called on all
6615 the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will
6616 not be called on the archive file itself. */
6617
6618 void
6619 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6620 {
6621 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6622 {
6623 func (f);
6624 }
6625 }
6626
6627 void
6628 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
6629 {
6630 lang_statement_append (&file_chain,
6631 (lang_statement_union_type *) entry,
6632 &entry->next);
6633
6634 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
6635 a link. */
6636 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
6637 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
6638
6639 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
6640 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
6641 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
6642 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
6643
6644 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
6645 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
6646 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
6647 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
6648 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
6649 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
6650 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
6651 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
6652 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
6653
6654 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
6655 }
6656
6657 void
6658 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
6659 {
6660 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
6661 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
6662 {
6663 output_filename = name;
6664 had_output_filename = TRUE;
6665 }
6666 }
6667
6668 static int
6669 topower (int x)
6670 {
6671 unsigned int i = 1;
6672 int l;
6673
6674 if (x < 0)
6675 return -1;
6676
6677 for (l = 0; l < 32; l++)
6678 {
6679 if (i >= (unsigned int) x)
6680 return l;
6681 i <<= 1;
6682 }
6683
6684 return 0;
6685 }
6686
6687 lang_output_section_statement_type *
6688 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
6689 etree_type *address_exp,
6690 enum section_type sectype,
6691 etree_type *align,
6692 etree_type *subalign,
6693 etree_type *ebase,
6694 int constraint,
6695 int align_with_input)
6696 {
6697 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6698
6699 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
6700 constraint, TRUE);
6701 current_section = os;
6702
6703 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
6704 {
6705 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
6706 }
6707 os->sectype = sectype;
6708 if (sectype != noload_section)
6709 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6710 else
6711 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
6712 os->block_value = 1;
6713
6714 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
6715 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
6716
6717 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
6718 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
6719 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
6720 NULL);
6721
6722 os->subsection_alignment =
6723 topower (exp_get_value_int (subalign, -1, "subsection alignment"));
6724 os->section_alignment =
6725 topower (exp_get_value_int (align, -1, "section alignment"));
6726
6727 os->load_base = ebase;
6728 return os;
6729 }
6730
6731 void
6732 lang_final (void)
6733 {
6734 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
6735
6736 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
6737 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
6738 }
6739
6740 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
6741
6742 void
6743 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
6744 {
6745 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
6746 asection *o;
6747 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6748
6749 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
6750 {
6751 p->current = p->origin;
6752 p->last_os = NULL;
6753 }
6754
6755 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
6756 os != NULL;
6757 os = os->next)
6758 {
6759 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
6760 os->processed_lma = FALSE;
6761 }
6762
6763 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
6764 {
6765 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
6766 o->rawsize = o->size;
6767 o->size = 0;
6768 }
6769 }
6770
6771 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
6772
6773 static void
6774 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
6775 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6776 asection *section,
6777 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6778 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6779 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6780 {
6781 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
6782 should be as well. */
6783 if (ptr->keep_sections)
6784 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6785 }
6786
6787 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
6788
6789 static void
6790 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
6791 {
6792 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6793 {
6794 switch (s->header.type)
6795 {
6796 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6797 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
6798 break;
6799 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6800 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
6801 break;
6802 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6803 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
6804 break;
6805 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6806 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
6807 break;
6808 default:
6809 break;
6810 }
6811 }
6812 }
6813
6814 static void
6815 lang_gc_sections (void)
6816 {
6817 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
6818 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
6819
6820 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
6821 the special case of debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
6822 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
6823 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6824 {
6825 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6826 {
6827 asection *sec;
6828 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6829 if (f->flags.claimed)
6830 continue;
6831 #endif
6832 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
6833 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
6834 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
6835 }
6836 }
6837
6838 if (link_info.gc_sections)
6839 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
6840 }
6841
6842 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
6843
6844 static void
6845 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6846 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6847 asection *section,
6848 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6849 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6850 void *data)
6851 {
6852 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
6853 size. */
6854 if (section->output_section != NULL
6855 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
6856 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
6857 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
6858 && section->size != 0)
6859 {
6860 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
6861 *has_relro_section = TRUE;
6862 }
6863 }
6864
6865 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
6866
6867 static void
6868 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
6869 seg_align_type *seg,
6870 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
6871 {
6872 if (*has_relro_section)
6873 return;
6874
6875 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6876 {
6877 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
6878 break;
6879
6880 switch (s->header.type)
6881 {
6882 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6883 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
6884 find_relro_section_callback,
6885 has_relro_section);
6886 break;
6887 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6888 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
6889 seg, has_relro_section);
6890 break;
6891 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6892 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
6893 seg, has_relro_section);
6894 break;
6895 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6896 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6897 seg, has_relro_section);
6898 break;
6899 default:
6900 break;
6901 }
6902 }
6903 }
6904
6905 static void
6906 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
6907 {
6908 bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
6909
6910 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
6911
6912 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
6913 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
6914
6915 if (!has_relro_section)
6916 link_info.relro = FALSE;
6917 }
6918
6919 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
6920
6921 void
6922 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
6923 {
6924 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
6925 {
6926 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
6927 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
6928
6929 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
6930 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
6931
6932 while (i--)
6933 {
6934 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
6935 bfd_boolean relax_again;
6936
6937 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
6938 do
6939 {
6940 link_info.relax_trip++;
6941
6942 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
6943 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
6944 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
6945
6946 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
6947 section sizes. */
6948 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
6949
6950 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
6951 size. */
6952 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6953
6954 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
6955 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
6956 relax_again = FALSE;
6957 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
6958 }
6959 while (relax_again);
6960
6961 link_info.relax_pass++;
6962 }
6963 need_layout = TRUE;
6964 }
6965
6966 if (need_layout)
6967 {
6968 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
6969 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
6970 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6971 lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
6972 }
6973 }
6974
6975 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6976 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
6977 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
6978 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
6979 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
6980 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
6981 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
6982 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
6983 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
6984 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
6985 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
6986
6987 static lang_input_statement_type *
6988 find_replacements_insert_point (void)
6989 {
6990 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
6991 lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6992 for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
6993 claim1 != NULL;
6994 claim1 = &claim1->next->input_statement)
6995 {
6996 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
6997 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
6998 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
6999 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7000 lastobject = claim1;
7001 }
7002 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7003 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7004 insert point. */
7005 return lastobject;
7006 }
7007
7008 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7009 added during a rescan. */
7010
7011 static lang_statement_union_type **
7012 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7013 {
7014 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7015 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7016 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7017 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7018 lang_statement_union_type **iter = NULL;
7019
7020 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7021 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7022
7023 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7024 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7025 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7026 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7027 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7028 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7029 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7030 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7031 f != NULL;
7032 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
7033 {
7034 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7035 {
7036 before = last_loaded;
7037 if (f->next != NULL)
7038 return &f->next->input_statement.next;
7039 }
7040 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7041 last_loaded = f;
7042 }
7043
7044 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7045 *iter != NULL;
7046 iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7047 if (!(*iter)->input_statement.flags.claim_archive
7048 && (*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7049 break;
7050
7051 return iter;
7052 }
7053
7054 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7055 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7056 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7057
7058 static void
7059 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7060 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7061 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7062 {
7063 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7064 *field = srclist->head;
7065 if (destlist->tail == field)
7066 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7067 }
7068
7069 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7070 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7071
7072 static void
7073 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7074 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7075 {
7076 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7077 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7078 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7079 savetail = origlist->tail;
7080 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7081 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7082 destlist->tail = savetail;
7083 *savetail = NULL;
7084 }
7085 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7086
7087 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7088
7089 void
7090 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7091 {
7092 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7093
7094 if (name == NULL)
7095 return;
7096
7097 sym = (struct bfd_sym_chain *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7098
7099 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7100 sym->name = name;
7101 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7102 }
7103
7104 /* Check relocations. */
7105
7106 static void
7107 lang_check_relocs (void)
7108 {
7109 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7110 {
7111 bfd *abfd;
7112
7113 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7114 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7115 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7116 {
7117 /* No object output, fail return. */
7118 config.make_executable = FALSE;
7119 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7120 continue the scan in case there are other
7121 bad relocations to report. */
7122 }
7123 }
7124 }
7125
7126 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7127 propagate forward the lma region. */
7128
7129 static void
7130 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7131 {
7132 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7133
7134 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7135 os != NULL;
7136 os = os->next)
7137 {
7138 if (os->prev != NULL
7139 && os->lma_region == NULL
7140 && os->load_base == NULL
7141 && os->addr_tree == NULL
7142 && os->region == os->prev->region)
7143 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7144 }
7145 }
7146
7147 void
7148 lang_process (void)
7149 {
7150 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
7151 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7152 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7153
7154 current_target = default_target;
7155
7156 /* Open the output file. */
7157 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7158 init_opb ();
7159
7160 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7161
7162 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
7163 lang_place_undefineds ();
7164
7165 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7166 einfo (_("%P%F: Failed to create hash table\n"));
7167
7168 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
7169 current_target = default_target;
7170 lang_statement_iteration++;
7171 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7172
7173 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7174 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7175 {
7176 lang_statement_list_type added;
7177 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
7178
7179 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
7180 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
7181 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
7182 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
7183 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
7184 file. */
7185 added = *stat_ptr;
7186 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
7187 files = file_chain;
7188 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
7189 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
7190 einfo (_("%P%F: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
7191 plugin_error_plugin ());
7192 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
7193 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7194 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
7195 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
7196 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
7197 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7198 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
7199 /* Were any new files added? */
7200 if (added.head != NULL)
7201 {
7202 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
7203 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin. */
7204 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point ();
7205 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
7206 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
7207 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
7208 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
7209 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
7210 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
7211 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added,
7212 &plugin_insert->header.next);
7213 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
7214 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
7215 &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
7216 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
7217 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
7218 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
7219 if (plugin_insert->filename)
7220 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &plugin_insert->next);
7221 else
7222 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
7223
7224 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
7225 files = file_chain;
7226 lang_statement_iteration++;
7227 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
7228 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7229 while (files.head != NULL)
7230 {
7231 lang_statement_union_type **insert;
7232 lang_statement_union_type **iter, *temp;
7233 bfd *my_arch;
7234
7235 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
7236 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
7237 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
7238 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
7239 if (my_arch != NULL)
7240 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7241 if ((*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
7242 break;
7243 temp = *insert;
7244 *insert = files.head;
7245 files.head = *iter;
7246 *iter = temp;
7247 if (my_arch != NULL)
7248 {
7249 lang_input_statement_type *parent = my_arch->usrdata;
7250 if (parent != NULL)
7251 parent->next = (lang_statement_union_type *)
7252 ((char *) iter
7253 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
7254 }
7255 }
7256 }
7257 }
7258 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7259
7260 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
7261 before now. */
7262 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
7263
7264 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
7265
7266 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7267 {
7268 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
7269
7270 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
7271 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
7272 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
7273 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
7274 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
7275 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
7276 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
7277 points for garbage collection resolution. */
7278 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
7279 }
7280
7281 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
7282 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
7283
7284 ldemul_after_open ();
7285 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7286 lang_print_asneeded ();
7287
7288 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
7289
7290 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
7291 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
7292 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
7293 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
7294 link. */
7295 lang_check ();
7296
7297 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
7298 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
7299 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
7300
7301 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
7302 files. */
7303 ldctor_build_sets ();
7304
7305 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
7306 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
7307 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */
7308 if (config.build_constructors)
7309 lang_init_start_stop ();
7310
7311 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
7312 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
7313 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
7314
7315 lang_do_memory_regions();
7316 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
7317
7318 /* Size up the common data. */
7319 lang_common ();
7320
7321 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
7322 lang_gc_sections ();
7323
7324 /* Check relocations. */
7325 lang_check_relocs ();
7326
7327 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
7328
7329 /* Update wild statements. */
7330 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
7331
7332 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
7333 to the correct output sections. */
7334 lang_statement_iteration++;
7335 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
7336
7337 process_insert_statements ();
7338
7339 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
7340 lang_place_orphans ();
7341
7342 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7343 {
7344 asection *found;
7345
7346 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
7347 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
7348 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
7349 is hard then. */
7350 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7351
7352 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
7353 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
7354
7355 if (found != NULL)
7356 {
7357 if (config.text_read_only)
7358 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7359 else
7360 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
7361 }
7362 }
7363
7364 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
7365 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
7366
7367 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
7368 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
7369 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
7370 if (config.build_constructors)
7371 lang_undef_start_stop ();
7372
7373 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
7374 dynamic symbols are created. */
7375 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7376 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
7377
7378 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
7379 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
7380 ldemul_before_allocation ();
7381
7382 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
7383 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
7384 lang_record_phdrs ();
7385
7386 /* Check relro sections. */
7387 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7388 lang_find_relro_sections ();
7389
7390 /* Size up the sections. */
7391 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
7392
7393 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
7394 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
7395 ldemul_after_allocation ();
7396
7397 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
7398 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
7399
7400 /* Do all the assignments, now that we know the final resting places
7401 of all the symbols. */
7402 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
7403
7404 ldemul_finish ();
7405
7406 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
7407 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
7408
7409 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
7410 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
7411 lang_check_section_addresses ();
7412
7413 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
7414 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
7415
7416 lang_end ();
7417 }
7418
7419 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
7420
7421 void
7422 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
7423 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
7424 bfd_boolean keep_sections)
7425 {
7426 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
7427 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
7428
7429 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
7430 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
7431 curr != NULL;
7432 section_list = curr, curr = next)
7433 {
7434 next = curr->next;
7435 curr->next = section_list;
7436 }
7437
7438 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
7439 {
7440 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
7441 filespec->name = NULL;
7442 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
7443 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
7444 }
7445
7446 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
7447 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
7448 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
7449 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
7450 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
7451 if (filespec != NULL)
7452 {
7453 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
7454 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
7455 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
7456 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
7457 }
7458 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
7459 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
7460 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
7461 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
7462 }
7463
7464 void
7465 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
7466 const segment_type *segment)
7467 {
7468 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
7469
7470 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
7471 ad->section_name = name;
7472 ad->address = address;
7473 ad->segment = segment;
7474 }
7475
7476 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
7477 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
7478 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
7479 precedence. */
7480
7481 void
7482 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
7483 {
7484 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
7485 || cmdline
7486 || !entry_from_cmdline)
7487 {
7488 entry_symbol.name = name;
7489 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
7490 }
7491 }
7492
7493 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
7494 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
7495 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
7496 must be permanently allocated. */
7497 void
7498 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
7499 {
7500 entry_symbol_default = name;
7501 }
7502
7503 void
7504 lang_add_target (const char *name)
7505 {
7506 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
7507
7508 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
7509 new_stmt->target = name;
7510 }
7511
7512 void
7513 lang_add_map (const char *name)
7514 {
7515 while (*name)
7516 {
7517 switch (*name)
7518 {
7519 case 'F':
7520 map_option_f = TRUE;
7521 break;
7522 }
7523 name++;
7524 }
7525 }
7526
7527 void
7528 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
7529 {
7530 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
7531
7532 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
7533 new_stmt->fill = fill;
7534 }
7535
7536 void
7537 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
7538 {
7539 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
7540
7541 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
7542 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7543 new_stmt->type = type;
7544 }
7545
7546 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
7547 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
7548 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
7549 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
7550 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
7551 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
7552
7553 void
7554 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
7555 reloc_howto_type *howto,
7556 asection *section,
7557 const char *name,
7558 union etree_union *addend)
7559 {
7560 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
7561
7562 p->reloc = reloc;
7563 p->howto = howto;
7564 p->section = section;
7565 p->name = name;
7566 p->addend_exp = addend;
7567
7568 p->addend_value = 0;
7569 p->output_section = NULL;
7570 p->output_offset = 0;
7571 }
7572
7573 lang_assignment_statement_type *
7574 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
7575 {
7576 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
7577
7578 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
7579 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7580 return new_stmt;
7581 }
7582
7583 void
7584 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
7585 {
7586 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
7587 }
7588
7589 void
7590 lang_startup (const char *name)
7591 {
7592 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
7593 {
7594 einfo (_("%P%F: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
7595 }
7596 first_file->filename = name;
7597 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
7598 first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
7599 }
7600
7601 void
7602 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
7603 {
7604 lang_float_flag = maybe;
7605 }
7606
7607
7608 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
7609 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
7610
7611 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
7612 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
7613 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
7614 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
7615 had an explicit load address.
7616
7617 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
7618
7619 static void
7620 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
7621 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
7622 const char *memspec,
7623 const char *lma_memspec,
7624 bfd_boolean have_lma,
7625 bfd_boolean have_vma)
7626 {
7627 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
7628
7629 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
7630 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
7631 as well. */
7632 if (lma_memspec != NULL
7633 && !have_vma
7634 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
7635 *region = *lma_region;
7636 else
7637 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
7638
7639 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
7640 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
7641 NULL);
7642 }
7643
7644 void
7645 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
7646 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7647 const char *lma_memspec)
7648 {
7649 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
7650 &current_section->lma_region,
7651 memspec, lma_memspec,
7652 current_section->load_base != NULL,
7653 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
7654
7655 current_section->fill = fill;
7656 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
7657 pop_stat_ptr ();
7658 }
7659
7660 void
7661 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
7662 lang_statement_union_type *element,
7663 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7664 {
7665 *(list->tail) = element;
7666 list->tail = field;
7667 }
7668
7669 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
7670
7671 void
7672 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
7673 const char *big,
7674 const char *little,
7675 int from_script)
7676 {
7677 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
7678 {
7679 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
7680 && big != NULL)
7681 format = big;
7682 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
7683 && little != NULL)
7684 format = little;
7685
7686 output_target = format;
7687 }
7688 }
7689
7690 void
7691 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
7692 {
7693 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
7694
7695 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
7696 new_stmt->where = where;
7697 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
7698 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
7699 }
7700
7701 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
7702 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
7703
7704 void
7705 lang_enter_group (void)
7706 {
7707 lang_group_statement_type *g;
7708
7709 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
7710 lang_list_init (&g->children);
7711 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
7712 }
7713
7714 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
7715 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
7716 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
7717 but currently they can't. */
7718
7719 void
7720 lang_leave_group (void)
7721 {
7722 pop_stat_ptr ();
7723 }
7724
7725 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
7726 command in a linker script. */
7727
7728 void
7729 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
7730 etree_type *type,
7731 bfd_boolean filehdr,
7732 bfd_boolean phdrs,
7733 etree_type *at,
7734 etree_type *flags)
7735 {
7736 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
7737 bfd_boolean hdrs;
7738
7739 n = (struct lang_phdr *) stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
7740 n->next = NULL;
7741 n->name = name;
7742 n->type = exp_get_value_int (type, 0, "program header type");
7743 n->filehdr = filehdr;
7744 n->phdrs = phdrs;
7745 n->at = at;
7746 n->flags = flags;
7747
7748 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
7749
7750 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
7751 if (hdrs
7752 && (*pp)->type == 1
7753 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
7754 {
7755 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
7756 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
7757 hdrs = FALSE;
7758 }
7759
7760 *pp = n;
7761 }
7762
7763 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
7764 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
7765
7766 static void
7767 lang_record_phdrs (void)
7768 {
7769 unsigned int alc;
7770 asection **secs;
7771 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
7772 struct lang_phdr *l;
7773 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7774
7775 alc = 10;
7776 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
7777 last = NULL;
7778
7779 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7780 {
7781 unsigned int c;
7782 flagword flags;
7783 bfd_vma at;
7784
7785 c = 0;
7786 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7787 os != NULL;
7788 os = os->next)
7789 {
7790 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
7791
7792 if (os->constraint < 0)
7793 continue;
7794
7795 pl = os->phdrs;
7796 if (pl != NULL)
7797 last = pl;
7798 else
7799 {
7800 if (os->sectype == noload_section
7801 || os->bfd_section == NULL
7802 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
7803 continue;
7804
7805 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
7806 if (l->type == 3)
7807 continue;
7808
7809 if (last == NULL)
7810 {
7811 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
7812
7813 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
7814 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
7815 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
7816 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
7817 header and there are sections in that script which are
7818 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
7819 use of that header. See here for more details:
7820 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
7821 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
7822 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
7823 {
7824 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
7825 break;
7826 }
7827 if (last == NULL)
7828 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
7829 }
7830 pl = last;
7831 }
7832
7833 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
7834 continue;
7835
7836 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
7837 {
7838 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
7839 {
7840 if (c >= alc)
7841 {
7842 alc *= 2;
7843 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
7844 alc * sizeof (asection *));
7845 }
7846 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
7847 ++c;
7848 pl->used = TRUE;
7849 }
7850 }
7851 }
7852
7853 if (l->flags == NULL)
7854 flags = 0;
7855 else
7856 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
7857
7858 if (l->at == NULL)
7859 at = 0;
7860 else
7861 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
7862
7863 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
7864 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
7865 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
7866 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
7867 }
7868
7869 free (secs);
7870
7871 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
7872 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7873 os != NULL;
7874 os = os->next)
7875 {
7876 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
7877
7878 if (os->constraint < 0
7879 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
7880 continue;
7881
7882 for (pl = os->phdrs;
7883 pl != NULL;
7884 pl = pl->next)
7885 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
7886 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
7887 os->name, pl->name);
7888 }
7889 }
7890
7891 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
7892
7893 void
7894 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
7895 {
7896 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
7897
7898 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
7899 n->next = nocrossref_list;
7900 n->list = l;
7901 n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
7902 nocrossref_list = n;
7903
7904 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
7905 link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
7906 }
7907
7908 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
7909
7910 void
7911 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
7912 {
7913 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
7914 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
7915 }
7916 \f
7917 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
7918
7919 /* The overlay virtual address. */
7920 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
7921 /* And subsection alignment. */
7922 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
7923
7924 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
7925 static etree_type *overlay_max;
7926
7927 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
7928
7929 struct overlay_list {
7930 struct overlay_list *next;
7931 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7932 };
7933
7934 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
7935
7936 /* Start handling an overlay. */
7937
7938 void
7939 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
7940 {
7941 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
7942 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
7943 && overlay_subalign == NULL
7944 && overlay_max == NULL);
7945
7946 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
7947 overlay_subalign = subalign;
7948 }
7949
7950 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
7951 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
7952 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
7953
7954 void
7955 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
7956 {
7957 struct overlay_list *n;
7958 etree_type *size;
7959
7960 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
7961 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
7962
7963 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
7964 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
7965 used in the addresses. */
7966 if (overlay_list == NULL)
7967 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
7968
7969 /* Remember the section. */
7970 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
7971 n->os = current_section;
7972 n->next = overlay_list;
7973 overlay_list = n;
7974
7975 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
7976
7977 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
7978 if (overlay_max == NULL)
7979 overlay_max = size;
7980 else
7981 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
7982 }
7983
7984 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
7985 here. */
7986
7987 void
7988 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
7989 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
7990 {
7991 const char *name;
7992 char *clean, *s2;
7993 const char *s1;
7994 char *buf;
7995
7996 name = current_section->name;
7997
7998 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
7999 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8000 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8001 override it. */
8002 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8003
8004 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8005
8006 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8007 s2 = clean;
8008 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8009 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8010 *s2++ = *s1;
8011 *s2 = '\0';
8012
8013 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8014 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8015 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8016 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8017 FALSE));
8018
8019 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8020 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8021 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8022 exp_binop ('+',
8023 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8024 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8025 FALSE));
8026
8027 free (clean);
8028 }
8029
8030 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8031 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8032
8033 void
8034 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8035 int nocrossrefs,
8036 fill_type *fill,
8037 const char *memspec,
8038 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8039 const char *lma_memspec)
8040 {
8041 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8042 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8043 struct overlay_list *l;
8044 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8045
8046 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8047 memspec, lma_memspec,
8048 lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
8049
8050 nocrossref = NULL;
8051
8052 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8053 overlay region. */
8054 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8055 {
8056 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8057 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8058 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
8059 }
8060
8061 l = overlay_list;
8062 while (l != NULL)
8063 {
8064 struct overlay_list *next;
8065
8066 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8067 l->os->fill = fill;
8068
8069 l->os->region = region;
8070 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8071
8072 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8073 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8074 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8075 an LMA region was specified. */
8076 if (l->next == 0)
8077 {
8078 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8079 l->os->sectype = normal_section;
8080 }
8081 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8082 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8083
8084 if (nocrossrefs)
8085 {
8086 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8087
8088 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8089 nc->name = l->os->name;
8090 nc->next = nocrossref;
8091 nocrossref = nc;
8092 }
8093
8094 next = l->next;
8095 free (l);
8096 l = next;
8097 }
8098
8099 if (nocrossref != NULL)
8100 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8101
8102 overlay_vma = NULL;
8103 overlay_list = NULL;
8104 overlay_max = NULL;
8105 overlay_subalign = NULL;
8106 }
8107 \f
8108 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
8109
8110 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8111 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8112 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
8113
8114 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8115 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8116 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8117 const char *sym)
8118 {
8119 const char *c_sym;
8120 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8121 const char *java_sym = sym;
8122 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8123 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8124
8125 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8126 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8127 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8128 if (!c_sym)
8129 c_sym = sym;
8130 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8131
8132 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8133 {
8134 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8135 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8136 if (!cxx_sym)
8137 cxx_sym = sym;
8138 }
8139 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8140 {
8141 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8142 if (!java_sym)
8143 java_sym = sym;
8144 }
8145
8146 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8147 {
8148 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8149
8150 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
8151 {
8152 case 0:
8153 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8154 {
8155 e.pattern = c_sym;
8156 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8157 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8158 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
8159 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8160 goto out_ret;
8161 else
8162 expr = expr->next;
8163 }
8164 /* Fallthrough */
8165 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
8166 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8167 {
8168 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
8169 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8170 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8171 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
8172 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8173 goto out_ret;
8174 else
8175 expr = expr->next;
8176 }
8177 /* Fallthrough */
8178 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
8179 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8180 {
8181 e.pattern = java_sym;
8182 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8183 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8184 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
8185 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8186 goto out_ret;
8187 else
8188 expr = expr->next;
8189 }
8190 /* Fallthrough */
8191 default:
8192 break;
8193 }
8194 }
8195
8196 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
8197 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
8198 expr = head->remaining;
8199 else
8200 expr = prev->next;
8201 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
8202 {
8203 const char *s;
8204
8205 if (!expr->pattern)
8206 continue;
8207
8208 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
8209 break;
8210
8211 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8212 s = java_sym;
8213 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8214 s = cxx_sym;
8215 else
8216 s = c_sym;
8217 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
8218 break;
8219 }
8220
8221 out_ret:
8222 if (c_sym != sym)
8223 free ((char *) c_sym);
8224 if (cxx_sym != sym)
8225 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
8226 if (java_sym != sym)
8227 free ((char *) java_sym);
8228 return expr;
8229 }
8230
8231 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
8232 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
8233
8234 static const char *
8235 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
8236 {
8237 const char *p;
8238 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
8239 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
8240
8241 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
8242 {
8243 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
8244 backslash. */
8245 if (backslash)
8246 {
8247 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
8248 *(s - 1) = *p;
8249 backslash = FALSE;
8250 changed = TRUE;
8251 }
8252 else
8253 {
8254 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
8255 {
8256 free (symbol);
8257 return NULL;
8258 }
8259
8260 *s++ = *p;
8261 backslash = *p == '\\';
8262 }
8263 }
8264
8265 if (changed)
8266 {
8267 *s = '\0';
8268 return symbol;
8269 }
8270 else
8271 {
8272 free (symbol);
8273 return pattern;
8274 }
8275 }
8276
8277 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
8278 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
8279 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
8280
8281 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8282 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
8283 const char *new_name,
8284 const char *lang,
8285 bfd_boolean literal_p)
8286 {
8287 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
8288
8289 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8290 ret->next = orig;
8291 ret->symver = 0;
8292 ret->script = 0;
8293 ret->literal = TRUE;
8294 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
8295 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
8296 {
8297 ret->pattern = new_name;
8298 ret->literal = FALSE;
8299 }
8300
8301 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
8302 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8303 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
8304 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
8305 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
8306 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
8307 else
8308 {
8309 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
8310 lang);
8311 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8312 }
8313
8314 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
8315 }
8316
8317 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
8318 expressions. */
8319
8320 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
8321 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
8322 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
8323 {
8324 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
8325
8326 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
8327 ret->globals.list = globals;
8328 ret->locals.list = locals;
8329 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
8330 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
8331 return ret;
8332 }
8333
8334 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
8335
8336 static int version_index;
8337
8338 static hashval_t
8339 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
8340 {
8341 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
8342 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
8343
8344 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
8345 }
8346
8347 static int
8348 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
8349 {
8350 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
8351 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
8352 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
8353 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
8354
8355 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
8356 }
8357
8358 static void
8359 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
8360 {
8361 size_t count = 0;
8362 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
8363 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
8364
8365 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
8366 {
8367 if (e->literal)
8368 count++;
8369 head->mask |= e->mask;
8370 }
8371
8372 if (count)
8373 {
8374 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
8375 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
8376 list_loc = &head->list;
8377 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
8378 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
8379 {
8380 next = e->next;
8381 if (!e->literal)
8382 {
8383 *remaining_loc = e;
8384 remaining_loc = &e->next;
8385 }
8386 else
8387 {
8388 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
8389
8390 if (*loc)
8391 {
8392 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
8393
8394 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
8395 last = NULL;
8396 do
8397 {
8398 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
8399 {
8400 last = NULL;
8401 break;
8402 }
8403 last = e1;
8404 e1 = e1->next;
8405 }
8406 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
8407
8408 if (last == NULL)
8409 {
8410 /* This is a duplicate. */
8411 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
8412 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
8413 /* free (e->pattern); */
8414 free (e);
8415 }
8416 else
8417 {
8418 e->next = last->next;
8419 last->next = e;
8420 }
8421 }
8422 else
8423 {
8424 *loc = e;
8425 *list_loc = e;
8426 list_loc = &e->next;
8427 }
8428 }
8429 }
8430 *remaining_loc = NULL;
8431 *list_loc = head->remaining;
8432 }
8433 else
8434 head->remaining = head->list;
8435 }
8436
8437 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
8438 version. */
8439
8440 void
8441 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
8442 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
8443 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
8444 {
8445 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
8446 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
8447
8448 if (name == NULL)
8449 name = "";
8450
8451 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
8452 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
8453 {
8454 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
8455 " with other version tags\n"));
8456 free (version);
8457 return;
8458 }
8459
8460 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
8461 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8462 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8463 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
8464
8465 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
8466 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
8467
8468 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
8469 aren't any duplicates. */
8470
8471 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8472 {
8473 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8474 {
8475 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8476
8477 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
8478 {
8479 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8480 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
8481 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8482 {
8483 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8484 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8485 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8486 e2 = e2->next;
8487 }
8488 }
8489 else if (!e1->literal)
8490 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8491 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8492 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8493 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8494 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8495 }
8496 }
8497
8498 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8499 {
8500 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8501 {
8502 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8503
8504 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
8505 {
8506 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8507 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
8508 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8509 {
8510 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8511 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8512 " in version information\n"),
8513 e1->pattern);
8514 e2 = e2->next;
8515 }
8516 }
8517 else if (!e1->literal)
8518 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8519 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8520 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8521 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8522 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8523 }
8524 }
8525
8526 version->deps = deps;
8527 version->name = name;
8528 if (name[0] != '\0')
8529 {
8530 ++version_index;
8531 version->vernum = version_index;
8532 }
8533 else
8534 version->vernum = 0;
8535
8536 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8537 ;
8538 *pp = version;
8539 }
8540
8541 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
8542
8543 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
8544 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
8545 {
8546 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
8547 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
8548
8549 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8550 ret->next = list;
8551
8552 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8553 {
8554 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8555 {
8556 ret->version_needed = t;
8557 return ret;
8558 }
8559 }
8560
8561 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
8562
8563 ret->version_needed = NULL;
8564 return ret;
8565 }
8566
8567 static void
8568 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
8569 {
8570 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
8571
8572 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
8573 {
8574 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
8575 char *contents, *p;
8576 bfd_size_type len;
8577
8578 if (sec == NULL)
8579 continue;
8580
8581 len = sec->size;
8582 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
8583 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
8584 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
8585
8586 p = contents;
8587 while (p < contents + len)
8588 {
8589 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
8590 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
8591 }
8592
8593 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
8594
8595 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
8596 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
8597 }
8598
8599 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
8600 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
8601 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
8602 }
8603
8604 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
8605
8606 static void
8607 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
8608 {
8609 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
8610
8611 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
8612 {
8613 if (r->origin_exp)
8614 {
8615 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
8616 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8617 {
8618 r->origin = expld.result.value;
8619 r->current = r->origin;
8620 }
8621 else
8622 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
8623 r->name_list.name);
8624 }
8625 if (r->length_exp)
8626 {
8627 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
8628 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8629 r->length = expld.result.value;
8630 else
8631 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
8632 r->name_list.name);
8633 }
8634 }
8635 }
8636
8637 void
8638 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
8639 {
8640 struct unique_sections *ent;
8641
8642 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
8643 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
8644 return;
8645
8646 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
8647 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
8648 ent->next = unique_section_list;
8649 unique_section_list = ent;
8650 }
8651
8652 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
8653
8654 void
8655 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
8656 {
8657 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8658 {
8659 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
8660 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
8661 ;
8662 tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
8663 link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
8664 }
8665 else
8666 {
8667 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
8668
8669 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
8670 d->head.list = dynamic;
8671 d->match = lang_vers_match;
8672 link_info.dynamic_list = d;
8673 }
8674 }
8675
8676 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
8677 one. */
8678
8679 void
8680 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
8681 {
8682 const char *symbols[] =
8683 {
8684 "typeinfo name for*",
8685 "typeinfo for*"
8686 };
8687 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8688 unsigned int i;
8689
8690 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8691 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8692 FALSE);
8693
8694 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8695 }
8696
8697 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
8698 existing one. */
8699
8700 void
8701 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
8702 {
8703 const char *symbols[] =
8704 {
8705 "operator new*",
8706 "operator delete*"
8707 };
8708 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8709 unsigned int i;
8710
8711 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8712 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8713 FALSE);
8714
8715 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8716 }
8717
8718 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
8719
8720 void
8721 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
8722 {
8723 char *p, *q;
8724
8725 p = str;
8726 while (*p)
8727 {
8728 char sep;
8729 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
8730 ++p;
8731 if (!*p)
8732 break;
8733 q = p + 1;
8734 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
8735 ++q;
8736 sep = *q;
8737 *q = 0;
8738 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
8739 config.sane_expr = TRUE;
8740 else
8741 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
8742 *q = sep;
8743 p = q;
8744 }
8745 }
8746
8747 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
8748
8749 static void
8750 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
8751 {
8752 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
8753 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
8754 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
8755 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
8756 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
8757 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
8758 else
8759 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
8760 }
8761
8762 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
8763
8764 void
8765 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
8766 {
8767 lang_memory_region_type *r;
8768
8769 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
8770 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
8771 {
8772 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
8773 double percent;
8774
8775 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
8776 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
8777 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
8778
8779 percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
8780
8781 printf (" %6.2f%%\n", percent);
8782 }
8783 }
This page took 0.338961 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.